mirror of
https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware.git
synced 2025-08-06 06:54:58 +00:00
Compare commits
414 Commits
make_cli_p
...
0.9.12
Author | SHA1 | Date | |
---|---|---|---|
![]() |
9c1097e768 | ||
![]() |
f7eb030e91 | ||
![]() |
aae1814319 | ||
![]() |
78fdd40622 | ||
![]() |
43b6f031b1 | ||
![]() |
3e27ceee42 | ||
![]() |
67f374029d | ||
![]() |
30fd69886d | ||
![]() |
ed528403fd | ||
![]() |
faae375ccd | ||
![]() |
b0fd064491 | ||
![]() |
abf466e57d | ||
![]() |
157319fbd0 | ||
![]() |
39ff121d73 | ||
![]() |
8018f4db2d | ||
![]() |
1a159a38ed | ||
![]() |
a0bf235644 | ||
![]() |
f420741f9b | ||
![]() |
0b7b74f56a | ||
![]() |
80b2b710da | ||
![]() |
3814dacf27 | ||
![]() |
7576f6162e | ||
![]() |
e8a02afc8c | ||
![]() |
357a888d80 | ||
![]() |
7f5656996c | ||
![]() |
b008a9afe6 | ||
![]() |
d8e3294aea | ||
![]() |
a8d073368f | ||
![]() |
44d93285d1 | ||
![]() |
8e0af2f5ba | ||
![]() |
da76734fe0 | ||
![]() |
c029c5b187 | ||
![]() |
294cfd8d33 | ||
![]() |
622e94c6cd | ||
![]() |
ba7f52aaeb | ||
![]() |
307013a2f8 | ||
![]() |
f68abbf6c8 | ||
![]() |
897c4cd175 | ||
![]() |
1f2807c2de | ||
![]() |
b160913309 | ||
![]() |
867fded980 | ||
![]() |
d1730ec760 | ||
![]() |
4057d44989 | ||
![]() |
2bfcb6bfc5 | ||
![]() |
1f42071238 | ||
![]() |
400423d10b | ||
![]() |
54ef02dead | ||
![]() |
044b4aaf01 | ||
![]() |
ccb4b81b3f | ||
![]() |
e269977387 | ||
![]() |
0cb4da2c74 | ||
![]() |
9b0c734733 | ||
![]() |
fffee6ade1 | ||
![]() |
97ddc7ea18 | ||
![]() |
3afd2d81b8 | ||
![]() |
2543bad250 | ||
![]() |
a056d94561 | ||
![]() |
573d1fbb92 | ||
![]() |
437446ba8f | ||
![]() |
8640b43214 | ||
![]() |
09fc6cab34 | ||
![]() |
7e8dc2e570 | ||
![]() |
263536586d | ||
![]() |
7aa4cc9603 | ||
![]() |
e26bc21d14 | ||
![]() |
5c2b46dc47 | ||
![]() |
713d34cda4 | ||
![]() |
cce301ae83 | ||
![]() |
08e08b660c | ||
![]() |
cff3c3bf28 | ||
![]() |
b7cb4111ea | ||
![]() |
184c362324 | ||
![]() |
1d1c0503b6 | ||
![]() |
01e74b0ac6 | ||
![]() |
c0cb2ab1c1 | ||
![]() |
7281e86e98 | ||
![]() |
86812f22e4 | ||
![]() |
b83fb9eb71 | ||
![]() |
3736db6081 | ||
![]() |
b19187c62c | ||
![]() |
4a7725b3ee | ||
![]() |
93a1c5ca16 | ||
![]() |
407d6a2b67 | ||
![]() |
d7523c1260 | ||
![]() |
a7f093b40c | ||
![]() |
b9a38487f3 | ||
![]() |
9f400794c0 | ||
![]() |
12efb28e13 | ||
![]() |
3972978c8d | ||
![]() |
b327d20402 | ||
![]() |
ca451c5aa0 | ||
![]() |
7a75af8342 | ||
![]() |
d03bc3a9c1 | ||
![]() |
c12e429da2 | ||
![]() |
9219f9e724 | ||
![]() |
f4ff225c00 | ||
![]() |
a68b0ed9a2 | ||
![]() |
a2dee4494d | ||
![]() |
6cfc3cd940 | ||
![]() |
e84e9a2004 | ||
![]() |
232b9dabbe | ||
![]() |
7b2c09de59 | ||
![]() |
e571f53ae9 | ||
![]() |
6fc4f1eddd | ||
![]() |
be73820f7b | ||
![]() |
81a2113cbd | ||
![]() |
d17572b125 | ||
![]() |
517d607fa4 | ||
![]() |
1110fe6c6f | ||
![]() |
eefc05e078 | ||
![]() |
f1e09dd388 | ||
![]() |
0def9ed528 | ||
![]() |
c73125eea7 | ||
![]() |
306d02aa93 | ||
![]() |
b8ddfd34ec | ||
![]() |
14eccef7bf | ||
![]() |
aab5c44c7d | ||
![]() |
563d5919b3 | ||
![]() |
0fee906e09 | ||
![]() |
c2fd7f1b5b | ||
![]() |
faa3e62e70 | ||
![]() |
5f5a6fff8b | ||
![]() |
f1c33423b0 | ||
![]() |
5f8e8540fb | ||
![]() |
4f6f7b59cf | ||
![]() |
e2e287ec5f | ||
![]() |
dfcd4f0d25 | ||
![]() |
b2271d984d | ||
![]() |
8d3fca57a3 | ||
![]() |
fced377ac0 | ||
![]() |
7b8a013826 | ||
![]() |
5263dfd465 | ||
![]() |
13206b2f87 | ||
![]() |
cb9be8a9dc | ||
![]() |
a1af8542c7 | ||
![]() |
1a5dc278bc | ||
![]() |
10c1e1b3ab | ||
![]() |
00c1401d3c | ||
![]() |
a9b3c0a807 | ||
![]() |
ac447d8acb | ||
![]() |
a5e749d8cd | ||
![]() |
4ee623fdd5 | ||
![]() |
751316c344 | ||
![]() |
5d3bf8a050 | ||
![]() |
6501377070 | ||
![]() |
af2ca13604 | ||
![]() |
451c472d1d | ||
![]() |
bfe76053ba | ||
![]() |
9d41281a1d | ||
![]() |
ba5e1f1bae | ||
![]() |
e4823aadec | ||
![]() |
5c9906eb4f | ||
![]() |
f56d333db1 | ||
![]() |
d8f76f9e6d | ||
![]() |
6ca00c2152 | ||
![]() |
dc6fe85b87 | ||
![]() |
883dd2df80 | ||
![]() |
2ac3a51d71 | ||
![]() |
f66680d233 | ||
![]() |
503cf18aed | ||
![]() |
38d2c8cedf | ||
![]() |
53224e03d6 | ||
![]() |
7ef2ea3d49 | ||
![]() |
9e4037465a | ||
![]() |
fd4f102977 | ||
![]() |
6d84795bc1 | ||
![]() |
179e5c018f | ||
![]() |
5246acb2e4 | ||
![]() |
02a8c874f8 | ||
![]() |
dae6f6b39b | ||
![]() |
526c185e7e | ||
![]() |
c63fd051da | ||
![]() |
b95979560c | ||
![]() |
65150984bd | ||
![]() |
205321c377 | ||
![]() |
1816ad01d0 | ||
![]() |
9c8f61dfa0 | ||
![]() |
d1df576ece | ||
![]() |
83ebbf57b3 | ||
![]() |
8e1f706ac6 | ||
![]() |
b0c780ed32 | ||
![]() |
3ad2be52a7 | ||
![]() |
0fbcb41c85 | ||
![]() |
ddca422776 | ||
![]() |
82bb7d2852 | ||
![]() |
1044519f36 | ||
![]() |
209942366b | ||
![]() |
494b34b63f | ||
![]() |
58e3b01f37 | ||
![]() |
6c2008c688 | ||
![]() |
bcedc80ec7 | ||
![]() |
ef5fad137b | ||
![]() |
15dd05c402 | ||
![]() |
32d03db371 | ||
![]() |
c9d396dd47 | ||
![]() |
2afb29e095 | ||
![]() |
fcf150bd82 | ||
![]() |
ee2eb01653 | ||
![]() |
0bece1d442 | ||
![]() |
be69dd22e8 | ||
![]() |
b9675d2106 | ||
![]() |
f689f043b1 | ||
![]() |
54b04d9665 | ||
![]() |
4604c70c4c | ||
![]() |
010c5b12bd | ||
![]() |
4adf4d5a89 | ||
![]() |
d0e0202b27 | ||
![]() |
fb9425df82 | ||
![]() |
22ad35b225 | ||
![]() |
f6cec668c7 | ||
![]() |
2651edc243 | ||
![]() |
2a43989d30 | ||
![]() |
2f5521cd48 | ||
![]() |
ac3d2a3810 | ||
![]() |
1786490993 | ||
![]() |
e55d55edc0 | ||
![]() |
ad014c2539 | ||
![]() |
81698df056 | ||
![]() |
fca35a3540 | ||
![]() |
5d01cc45be | ||
![]() |
eaab0844e8 | ||
![]() |
ce842f912e | ||
![]() |
cceab93baa | ||
![]() |
4161573b28 | ||
![]() |
d0e684ef55 | ||
![]() |
f125406700 | ||
![]() |
afebb6576c | ||
![]() |
7f6ba2bf8a | ||
![]() |
142ebaea46 | ||
![]() |
bbd17def21 | ||
![]() |
d89e552419 | ||
![]() |
9cf69a1997 | ||
![]() |
c6cf1ae4e7 | ||
![]() |
2c9ab8a606 | ||
![]() |
0bf60acc4b | ||
![]() |
6b54f3ce1c | ||
![]() |
c3aaed8dfb | ||
![]() |
ebc274209e | ||
![]() |
1bdfac8afc | ||
![]() |
9b716b7ada | ||
![]() |
b591c0c24a | ||
![]() |
6ba014a572 | ||
![]() |
2dd47a3bf4 | ||
![]() |
887c1c4e0e | ||
![]() |
f66850bfd0 | ||
![]() |
632285c982 | ||
![]() |
805f5cb72b | ||
![]() |
a8a8bf0ff3 | ||
![]() |
fadd3cb461 | ||
![]() |
a41f973f75 | ||
![]() |
7abbc95cd6 | ||
![]() |
30a6f231bf | ||
![]() |
44ff14f290 | ||
![]() |
741c7d5eec | ||
![]() |
f3c30e80cc | ||
![]() |
d846660e00 | ||
![]() |
774384ce31 | ||
![]() |
361ac2f32a | ||
![]() |
d15a60d2d3 | ||
![]() |
73992c68d5 | ||
![]() |
8ca4ed9a98 | ||
![]() |
640d12d070 | ||
![]() |
3beda5c16e | ||
![]() |
fb7fc54923 | ||
![]() |
179c868059 | ||
![]() |
7b11dcce10 | ||
![]() |
e2fa05c6d2 | ||
![]() |
4c4009c0fd | ||
![]() |
e7860d673b | ||
![]() |
2fe7e221ec | ||
![]() |
e0f548085c | ||
![]() |
94fc32f431 | ||
![]() |
1f7bbf279c | ||
![]() |
803610a284 | ||
![]() |
cd0edbb1fb | ||
![]() |
6919772fb9 | ||
![]() |
fedd8e81d1 | ||
![]() |
adda5d7770 | ||
![]() |
d2581884d9 | ||
![]() |
58fd782ce0 | ||
![]() |
8e56d10e4e | ||
![]() |
43868a5e20 | ||
![]() |
db167ecf79 | ||
![]() |
2b8b1045a1 | ||
![]() |
7a6e52b5d8 | ||
![]() |
ae5f7365ea | ||
![]() |
606438692d | ||
![]() |
5d29a13e22 | ||
![]() |
81c648e947 | ||
![]() |
923bad46f9 | ||
![]() |
19513fac5f | ||
![]() |
7bb9c76c80 | ||
![]() |
57e67a4cc8 | ||
![]() |
cf3913cd79 | ||
![]() |
a30cc37c09 | ||
![]() |
b18c261040 | ||
![]() |
bac5d6bc6a | ||
![]() |
ab1650606c | ||
![]() |
dc00942be1 | ||
![]() |
e8f842e798 | ||
![]() |
3745ebc22b | ||
![]() |
d646cba72a | ||
![]() |
15e84f79f1 | ||
![]() |
6f30b402a2 | ||
![]() |
1ff526dac0 | ||
![]() |
e17b55e33a | ||
![]() |
f31bf1b202 | ||
![]() |
5f82b0782f | ||
![]() |
2e6959ed87 | ||
![]() |
c482a2944b | ||
![]() |
406dc2fb2d | ||
![]() |
65c8ac9ac9 | ||
![]() |
e182a38e7c | ||
![]() |
fe4581c1a1 | ||
![]() |
ddd055b1e2 | ||
![]() |
f7324ec684 | ||
![]() |
3d760caa85 | ||
![]() |
750c7c2bdb | ||
![]() |
4846c8eba0 | ||
![]() |
3de4c3ea6a | ||
![]() |
830bd5460c | ||
![]() |
9f54a26dc0 | ||
![]() |
16a15c1cfc | ||
![]() |
37a4b53c4f | ||
![]() |
a84d239661 | ||
![]() |
41fd60d624 | ||
![]() |
231464c49c | ||
![]() |
d26a14c169 | ||
![]() |
195be50745 | ||
![]() |
8fdb229b66 | ||
![]() |
fd3456f362 | ||
![]() |
812d80efbd | ||
![]() |
86c4c4e91d | ||
![]() |
168ba88ada | ||
![]() |
5f5c2a219c | ||
![]() |
e415198235 | ||
![]() |
b17482c3fd | ||
![]() |
5b4870c046 | ||
![]() |
374525c995 | ||
![]() |
e02a3c559d | ||
![]() |
e1217dae5a | ||
![]() |
485a0b0bc3 | ||
![]() |
23cfc4b145 | ||
![]() |
bd639752db | ||
![]() |
aaeef7a833 | ||
![]() |
0d6614f71f | ||
![]() |
d322ec5452 | ||
![]() |
c7449b3840 | ||
![]() |
4c51049b2b | ||
![]() |
dd60fcda28 | ||
![]() |
fd6b674b49 | ||
![]() |
2c0deb8a13 | ||
![]() |
a904371b29 | ||
![]() |
cfdd105d9d | ||
![]() |
82ae6ee007 | ||
![]() |
f220e7d713 | ||
![]() |
3cb6fb2935 | ||
![]() |
5c666398d5 | ||
![]() |
a47915d2d2 | ||
![]() |
6ec3cc029e | ||
![]() |
4597f2bcc8 | ||
![]() |
52af38da37 | ||
![]() |
b2dbc3f515 | ||
![]() |
86b62eadc2 | ||
![]() |
3337eb10b2 | ||
![]() |
32bab55def | ||
![]() |
47fc2f8855 | ||
![]() |
ee29b515ec | ||
![]() |
c031e13982 | ||
![]() |
84bf82f2c9 | ||
![]() |
af26238385 | ||
![]() |
28e5969f78 | ||
![]() |
59246756e5 | ||
![]() |
423ce39f18 | ||
![]() |
217debff07 | ||
![]() |
52e9719d09 | ||
![]() |
9df367e227 | ||
![]() |
8650b9f10c | ||
![]() |
5c9c45619e | ||
![]() |
09caf19389 | ||
![]() |
4baf49191f | ||
![]() |
427da3c19c | ||
![]() |
1df8bb3cdb | ||
![]() |
99eacdc47a | ||
![]() |
5e235d30c7 | ||
![]() |
6586280bf3 | ||
![]() |
0722986d7a | ||
![]() |
22a10cc8a3 | ||
![]() |
b349fa0a57 | ||
![]() |
e98a9578a1 | ||
![]() |
d2b03bf150 | ||
![]() |
35ca1c2212 | ||
![]() |
ccc8338b0e | ||
![]() |
bafa35ff46 | ||
![]() |
182286680a | ||
![]() |
c1c579c554 | ||
![]() |
19bd8aa942 | ||
![]() |
d0d105b083 | ||
![]() |
c0a57c2a50 | ||
![]() |
738c6612ca | ||
![]() |
643fc1d806 | ||
![]() |
f78896589e | ||
![]() |
837ffd0006 | ||
![]() |
92a50a386a | ||
![]() |
357c6009be | ||
![]() |
b80340c207 | ||
![]() |
cb4a86475e | ||
![]() |
a6bd8fe67b | ||
![]() |
db4b11f866 | ||
![]() |
7a9980fd85 | ||
![]() |
99d9250045 | ||
![]() |
7a0d145e27 | ||
![]() |
d06340f665 | ||
![]() |
4c0065dda7 |
8
.gitmodules
vendored
8
.gitmodules
vendored
@@ -12,7 +12,13 @@
|
||||
branch = master
|
||||
[submodule "lib/googletest"]
|
||||
path = lib/googletest
|
||||
url = https://github.com/google/googletest
|
||||
url = https://github.com/qmk/googletest
|
||||
[submodule "lib/lufa"]
|
||||
path = lib/lufa
|
||||
url = https://github.com/qmk/lufa
|
||||
[submodule "lib/vusb"]
|
||||
path = lib/vusb
|
||||
url = https://github.com/qmk/v-usb
|
||||
[submodule "lib/printf"]
|
||||
path = lib/printf
|
||||
url = https://github.com/qmk/printf
|
||||
|
13
Makefile
13
Makefile
@@ -29,6 +29,9 @@ $(info QMK Firmware $(QMK_VERSION))
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
# avoid 'Entering|Leaving directory' messages
|
||||
MAKEFLAGS += --no-print-directory
|
||||
|
||||
ON_ERROR := error_occurred=1
|
||||
|
||||
BREAK_ON_ERRORS = no
|
||||
@@ -291,8 +294,8 @@ define PARSE_RULE
|
||||
$$(info | QMK's make format recently changed to use folder locations and colons:)
|
||||
$$(info | make project_folder:keymap[:target])
|
||||
$$(info | Examples:)
|
||||
$$(info | make planck/rev4:default:dfu)
|
||||
$$(info | make planck:default)
|
||||
$$(info | make dz60:default)
|
||||
$$(info | make planck/rev6:default:flash)
|
||||
$$(info |)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endef
|
||||
@@ -559,14 +562,16 @@ endef
|
||||
%:
|
||||
# Check if we have the CMP tool installed
|
||||
cmp $(ROOT_DIR)/Makefile $(ROOT_DIR)/Makefile >/dev/null 2>&1; if [ $$? -gt 0 ]; then printf "$(MSG_NO_CMP)"; exit 1; fi;
|
||||
# Ensure that python3 is installed. This check can be removed after python is used in more places.
|
||||
if ! python3 --version 1> /dev/null 2>&1; then printf "$(MSG_PYTHON_MISSING)"; fi
|
||||
# Ensure that bin/qmk works. This will be a failing check after the next develop merge on 2020 Aug 29.
|
||||
if ! bin/qmk hello 1> /dev/null 2>&1; then printf "$(MSG_PYTHON_MISSING)"; fi
|
||||
# Check if the submodules are dirty, and display a warning if they are
|
||||
ifndef SKIP_GIT
|
||||
if [ ! -e lib/chibios ]; then git submodule sync lib/chibios && git submodule update --depth 50 --init lib/chibios; fi
|
||||
if [ ! -e lib/chibios-contrib ]; then git submodule sync lib/chibios-contrib && git submodule update --depth 50 --init lib/chibios-contrib; fi
|
||||
if [ ! -e lib/ugfx ]; then git submodule sync lib/ugfx && git submodule update --depth 50 --init lib/ugfx; fi
|
||||
if [ ! -e lib/lufa ]; then git submodule sync lib/lufa && git submodule update --depth 50 --init lib/lufa; fi
|
||||
if [ ! -e lib/vusb ]; then git submodule sync lib/vusb && git submodule update --depth 50 --init lib/vusb; fi
|
||||
if [ ! -e lib/printf ]; then git submodule sync lib/printf && git submodule update --depth 50 --init lib/printf; fi
|
||||
git submodule status --recursive 2>/dev/null | \
|
||||
while IFS= read -r x; do \
|
||||
case "$$x" in \
|
||||
|
2
Vagrantfile
vendored
2
Vagrantfile
vendored
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Vagrant.configure(2) do |config|
|
||||
|
||||
Examples:
|
||||
make planck/rev4:default:dfu
|
||||
make planck:default
|
||||
make planck/rev4:default
|
||||
|
||||
EOT
|
||||
end
|
||||
|
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ ifeq ($(strip $(POINTING_DEVICE_ENABLE)), yes)
|
||||
SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/pointing_device.c
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
VALID_EEPROM_DRIVER_TYPES := vendor custom transient i2c
|
||||
VALID_EEPROM_DRIVER_TYPES := vendor custom transient i2c spi
|
||||
EEPROM_DRIVER ?= vendor
|
||||
ifeq ($(filter $(EEPROM_DRIVER),$(VALID_EEPROM_DRIVER_TYPES)),)
|
||||
$(error EEPROM_DRIVER="$(EEPROM_DRIVER)" is not a valid EEPROM driver)
|
||||
@@ -85,6 +85,11 @@ else
|
||||
COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)/eeprom
|
||||
QUANTUM_LIB_SRC += i2c_master.c
|
||||
SRC += eeprom_driver.c eeprom_i2c.c
|
||||
else ifeq ($(strip $(EEPROM_DRIVER)), spi)
|
||||
OPT_DEFS += -DEEPROM_DRIVER -DEEPROM_SPI
|
||||
COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)/eeprom
|
||||
QUANTUM_LIB_SRC += spi_master.c
|
||||
SRC += eeprom_driver.c eeprom_spi.c
|
||||
else ifeq ($(strip $(EEPROM_DRIVER)), transient)
|
||||
OPT_DEFS += -DEEPROM_DRIVER -DEEPROM_TRANSIENT
|
||||
COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)/eeprom
|
||||
|
239
docs/ChangeLog/20200530.md
Normal file
239
docs/ChangeLog/20200530.md
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
|
||||
# QMK Breaking Change - 2020 May 30 Changelog
|
||||
|
||||
Four times a year QMK runs a process for merging Breaking Changes. A Breaking Change is any change which modifies how QMK behaves in a way that is incompatible or potentially dangerous. We limit these changes to 4 times per year so that users can have confidence that updating their QMK tree will not break their keymaps.
|
||||
|
||||
The list of changes follows.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Core Changes
|
||||
|
||||
### Converting V-USB usbdrv to a submodule
|
||||
|
||||
[#8321](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/8321) and [qmk_compiler#62](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_compiler/pull/62).
|
||||
|
||||
These PRs move the V-USB driver code out of the qmk_firmware repository and into a submodule pointed at https://github.com/obdev/v-usb. This will make it easier to update the codebase if needed, while applying any potential QMK-specific modifications by forking it to the QMK GitHub organization.
|
||||
|
||||
### Unify Tap Hold functions and documentation
|
||||
|
||||
[#8348](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/8348)
|
||||
|
||||
Updates all of the per key tap-hold functions to pass the `keyrecord_t` structure, and include documentation changes.
|
||||
|
||||
Any remaining versions or code outside of the main repo will need to be converted:
|
||||
| Old function | New Function |
|
||||
|------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
|`uint16_t get_tapping_term(uint16_t keycode)` |`uint16_t get_tapping_term(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)` |
|
||||
|`bool get_ignore_mod_tap_interrupt(uint16_t keycode)` |`bool get_ignore_mod_tap_interrupt(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)` |
|
||||
|
||||
### Python Required In The Build Process
|
||||
|
||||
[#9000](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/9000)
|
||||
|
||||
This is the last release of QMK that will work without having Python 3.6 (or later) installed. If your environment is not fully setup you will get a warning instructing you to set it up.
|
||||
|
||||
After the next breaking change you will not be able to build if `bin/qmk hello` does not work.
|
||||
|
||||
### Upgrade from tinyprintf to mpaland/printf
|
||||
|
||||
[#8269](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/8269)
|
||||
|
||||
- Provides debug functionality on ChibiOS/ARM that is more compliant than previous integrations.
|
||||
- Less maintenence, fewer QMK customisations, and allows QMK to sidestep previous compile and runtime issues.
|
||||
- A `make git-submodule` may be required after pulling the latest QMK Firmware code to update to the new dependency.
|
||||
|
||||
### Fixed RGB_DISABLE_AFTER_TIMEOUT to be seconds based & small internals cleanup
|
||||
|
||||
[#6480](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/6480)
|
||||
|
||||
- Changes `RGB_DISABLE_AFTER_TIMEOUT` to be based on milliseconds instead of ticks.
|
||||
- Includes a code cleanup, resulting in a savings of 100 bytes, depending on features used.
|
||||
- Fixed issues with timeouts / suspending at the wrong time not turning off all LEDs in some cases.
|
||||
|
||||
The `RGB_DISABLE_AFTER_TIMEOUT` definition is now deprecated, and has been superseded by `RGB_DISABLE_TIMEOUT`. To use the new definition, rename `RGB_DISABLE_AFTER_TIMEOUT` to `RGB_DISABLE_TIMEOUT` in your `config.h` file, and multiply the value set by 1200.
|
||||
|
||||
Before: `#define RGB_DISABLE_AFTER_TIMEOUT 100`
|
||||
After: `#define RGB_DISABLE_TIMEOUT 120000`
|
||||
|
||||
### Switch to qmk forks for everything
|
||||
|
||||
[#9019](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/9019)
|
||||
|
||||
Fork all QMK submodules to protect against upstream repositories disappearing.
|
||||
|
||||
### code cleanup regarding deprecated macro PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY by replacing it with PLAY_SONG
|
||||
|
||||
[#8484](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/8484)
|
||||
|
||||
Removes the deprecated `PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY` macro. References to it are replaced with `PLAY_SONG`, which references the same function.
|
||||
|
||||
### fixing wrong configuration of AUDIO feature
|
||||
|
||||
[#8903](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/8903) and [#8974](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/8974)
|
||||
|
||||
`audio_avr.c` does not default to any pin; there has to be a #define XX_AUDIO in config.h at some level for Audio to actually work. Otherwise, the Audio code ends up cluttering the firmware, possibly breaking builds because the maximum allowed firmware size is exceeded.
|
||||
|
||||
These changes fix this by disabling Audio on keyboards that have the feature misconfigured, and therefore non-functional.
|
||||
|
||||
Also, add a compile-time error to alert the user to a missing pin-configuration (on AVR boards) when `AUDIO_ENABLE = yes` is set.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Keyboard Refactors
|
||||
|
||||
### Migrating Lily58 to use split_common
|
||||
|
||||
[#6260](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/6260)
|
||||
|
||||
Modifies the default firmware for Lily58 to use the `split_common` library, instead of including and depending on its own set of libraries for the following functionality:
|
||||
|
||||
- SSD1306 display
|
||||
- i2c for OLED
|
||||
- Serial Communication
|
||||
|
||||
This allows current lily58 firmware to advance with updates to the `split_common` library, which is shared with many other split keyboards.
|
||||
|
||||
#### To migrate existing Lily58 firmware:
|
||||
|
||||
[Changes to `config.h`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/6260/files#diff-445ac369c8717dcd6fc6fc3630836fc1):
|
||||
- Remove `#define SSD1306OLED` from config.h
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
[Changes to `keymap.c`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/6260/files#diff-20943ea59856e9bdf3d99ecb2eee40b7):
|
||||
- Find/Replace each instance of `#ifdef SSD1306OLED` with `#ifdef OLED_DRIVER_ENABLE`
|
||||
- The following changes are for compatibility with the OLED driver. If you don't use the OLED driver you may safely delete [this section](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/e6b9980bd45c186f7360df68c24b6e05a80c10dc/keyboards/lily58/keymaps/default/keymap.c#L144-L190)
|
||||
- Alternatively, if you did not change the OLED code from that in `default`, you may find it easier to simply copy the [relevant section](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/4ac310668501ae6786c711ecc8f01f62ddaa1c0b/keyboards/lily58/keymaps/default/keymap.c#L138-L172). Otherwise, the changes you need to make are as follows (sample change [here](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/6260/files#diff-20943ea59856e9bdf3d99ecb2eee40b7R138-R173))
|
||||
- [Remove](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/6260/files#diff-20943ea59856e9bdf3d99ecb2eee40b7L138-L141) the block
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#ifdef SSD1306OLED
|
||||
iota_gfx_init(!has_usb()); // turns on the display
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
```
|
||||
- Within the block bounded by `#ifdef OLED_DRIVER_ENABLE` and `#endif // OLED_DRIVER_ENABLE`, add the following block to ensure that your two OLEDs are rotated correctly across the left and right sides:
|
||||
```c
|
||||
oled_rotation_t oled_init_user(oled_rotation_t rotation) {
|
||||
if (!is_keyboard_master())
|
||||
return OLED_ROTATION_180; // flips the display 180 degrees if offhand
|
||||
return rotation;
|
||||
}
|
||||
```
|
||||
- Remove the functions `matrix_scan_user`, `matrix_update` and `iota_gfx_task_user`
|
||||
- Find/Replace `matrix_render_user(struct CharacterMatrix *matrix)` with `iota_gfx_task_user(void)`
|
||||
- Find/Replace `is_master` with `is_keyboard_master()`
|
||||
- For each instance of `matrix_write_ln(matrix, display_fn())`, rewrite it as `oled_write_ln(read_layer_state(), false);`
|
||||
- For each instance of `matrix_write(matrix, read_logo());`, replace with `oled_write(read_logo(), false);`
|
||||
|
||||
### Refactor zinc to use split_common
|
||||
|
||||
[#7114](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/7114) and [#9171](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/9171)
|
||||
|
||||
* Refactor to use split_common and remove split codes under the zinc/revx/
|
||||
* Add - backlight RGB LED and/or underglow RGB LED option
|
||||
* Add - continuous RGB animations feature (between L and R halves)
|
||||
* Fix - keymap files to adapt to changes
|
||||
* all authors of keymaps confirmed this PR
|
||||
* Update - documents and rules.mk
|
||||
|
||||
### Refactor of TKC1800 to use common OLED code
|
||||
|
||||
[#8472](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/8472)
|
||||
|
||||
Modifies the default firmware for TKC1800 to use the in-built I2C and OLED drivers, instead of including and depending on its own set of libraries for the following functionality:
|
||||
|
||||
- SSD1306 display
|
||||
- i2c for OLED
|
||||
|
||||
This allows current TKC1800 firmware to advance with updates to those drivers, which are shared with other keyboards.
|
||||
|
||||
#### To migrate existing TKC1800 firmware:
|
||||
|
||||
[Changes to `config.h`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/8472/files#diff-d10b26e676b4a55cbb00d71955116526):
|
||||
- Remove `#define SSD1306OLED` from config.h
|
||||
|
||||
[Changes to `tkc1800.c`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/8472/files#diff-3b35bd30abe89c8110717c6972cd2cc5):
|
||||
- Add the following to avoid debug errors on HID_listen if the screen is not present
|
||||
```c
|
||||
void keyboard_pre_init_kb(void) {
|
||||
setPinInputHigh(D0);
|
||||
setPinInputHigh(D1);
|
||||
|
||||
keyboard_pre_init_user();
|
||||
}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
[Changes to `keymap.c`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/8472/files#diff-05a2a344ce27e4d045fe68520ccd4771):
|
||||
- Find/Replace each instance of `#ifdef SSD1306OLED` with `#ifdef OLED_DRIVER_ENABLE`
|
||||
- The following changes are for compatibility with the OLED driver. If you don't use the OLED driver you may safely delete [this section](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/e6b9980bd45c186f7360df68c24b6e05a80c10dc/keyboards/lily58/keymaps/default/keymap.c#L144-L190)
|
||||
- [Remove](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/6260/files#diff-20943ea59856e9bdf3d99ecb2eee40b7L91-L158) the block
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#ifdef SSD1306OLED
|
||||
iota_gfx_init(!has_usb()); // turns on the display
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
```
|
||||
- Within the block bounded by `#ifdef OLED_DRIVER_ENABLE` and `#endif // OLED_DRIVER_ENABLE`, add the following block to ensure that your two OLEDs are rotated correctly across the left and right sides:
|
||||
```c
|
||||
oled_rotation_t oled_init_user(oled_rotation_t rotation) {
|
||||
if (!is_keyboard_master())
|
||||
return OLED_ROTATION_180; // flips the display 180 degrees if offhand
|
||||
return rotation;
|
||||
}
|
||||
```
|
||||
- Remove the function `iota_gfx_task_user`
|
||||
|
||||
### Split HHKB to ANSI and JP layouts and Add VIA support for each
|
||||
|
||||
[#8582](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/8582)
|
||||
|
||||
- Splits the HHKB codebase into two separate folders `keyboards/hhkb/ansi` and `keyboards/hhkb/jp`.
|
||||
- Adds VIA Configurator support for both versions.
|
||||
|
||||
#### Migrating existing HHKB keymaps
|
||||
|
||||
- Remove any checks for the `HHKB_JP` definition
|
||||
- All checks for this definition have been removed, and each version uses the source that is appropriate to that version.
|
||||
- Move the directory for your keymap into the appropriate `keymaps` directory
|
||||
- `keyboards/hhkb/ansi/keymaps/` for ANSI HHKBs
|
||||
- `keyboards/hhkb/jp/keymaps/` for HHKB JPs
|
||||
- Compile with the new keyboard names
|
||||
- This PR changes the compilation instructions for the HHKB Alternate Controller. To compile firmware for this controller moving forward, use:
|
||||
- `make hhkb/ansi` for ANSI-layout HHKBs
|
||||
- `make hhkb/jp` for HHKB JP keyboards
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Keyboard Moves
|
||||
|
||||
- [#8412](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/8412 "Changing board names to prevent confusion") by blindassassin111
|
||||
- [#8499](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/8499 "Move the Keyboardio Model01 to a keyboardio/ subdir") by algernon
|
||||
- [#8830](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/8830 "Move spaceman keyboards") by Spaceman (formerly known as Rionlion100)
|
||||
- [#8537](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/8537 "Organizing my keyboards (plaid, tartan, ergoinu)") by hsgw
|
||||
|
||||
Keyboards by Keyboardio, Spaceman, and hsgw move to vendor folders, while PCBs designed by blindassassin111 are renamed.
|
||||
|
||||
Old Name | New Name
|
||||
:----------------- | :-----------------
|
||||
2_milk | spaceman/2_milk
|
||||
at101_blackheart | at101_bh
|
||||
ergoinu | dm9records/ergoinu
|
||||
model01 | keyboardio/model01
|
||||
omnikey_blackheart | omnikey_bh
|
||||
pancake | spaceman/pancake
|
||||
plaid | dm9records/plaid
|
||||
tartan | dm9records/tartan
|
||||
z150_blackheart | z150_bh
|
||||
|
||||
If you own one of these PCBs, please use the new names to compile your firmware moving forward.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Keycode Migration PRs
|
||||
|
||||
[#8954](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/8954 "Migrate `ACTION_LAYER_TOGGLE` to `TG()`"), [#8957](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/8957 "Migrate `ACTION_MODS_ONESHOT` to `OSM()`"), [#8958](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/8958 "Migrate `ACTION_DEFAULT_LAYER_SET` to `DF()`"), [#8959](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/8959 "Migrate `ACTION_LAYER_MODS` to `LM()`"), [#8968](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/8968 "Migrate `ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY` to `MT()`"), [#8977](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/8977 "Migrate miscellaneous `fn_actions` entries"), and [#8979](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/8979 "Migrate `ACTION_MODS_KEY` to chained mod keycodes")
|
||||
|
||||
Authored by fauxpark, these pull requests remove references to deprecated TMK macros that have been superseded by native QMK keycodes.
|
||||
|
||||
Old `fn_actions` action | New QMK keycode
|
||||
:---------------------- | :--------------
|
||||
`ACTION_DEFAULT_LAYER_SET(layer)` | `DF(layer)`
|
||||
`ACTION_LAYER_MODS(layer, mod)` | `LM(layer, mod)`
|
||||
`ACTION_LAYER_ONESHOT(mod)` | `OSL(mod)`
|
||||
`ACTION_LAYER_TOGGLE(layer)` | `TG(layer)`
|
||||
`ACTION_MODS_ONESHOT(mod)` | `OSM(mod)`
|
||||
`ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(mod, kc)` | `MT(mod, kc)`
|
||||
`ACTION_MODS_KEY(mod, kc)`<br>e.g. `ACTION_MODS_KEY(MOD_LCTL, KC_0)` | `MOD(kc)`<br>e.g. `LCTL(KC_0)`
|
@@ -34,7 +34,9 @@
|
||||
* [Customizing Functionality](custom_quantum_functions.md)
|
||||
* [Driver Installation with Zadig](driver_installation_zadig.md)
|
||||
* [Keymap Overview](keymap.md)
|
||||
* [Vagrant Guide](getting_started_vagrant.md)
|
||||
* Development Environments
|
||||
* [Docker Guide](getting_started_docker.md)
|
||||
* [Vagrant Guide](getting_started_vagrant.md)
|
||||
* Flashing
|
||||
* [Flashing](flashing.md)
|
||||
* [Flashing ATmega32A (ps2avrgb)](flashing_bootloadhid.md)
|
||||
@@ -53,6 +55,7 @@
|
||||
* Simple Keycodes
|
||||
* [Full List](keycodes.md)
|
||||
* [Basic Keycodes](keycodes_basic.md)
|
||||
* [Language-Specific Keycodes](reference_keymap_extras.md)
|
||||
* [Modifier Keys](feature_advanced_keycodes.md)
|
||||
* [Quantum Keycodes](quantum_keycodes.md)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -75,6 +78,7 @@
|
||||
* [Layers](feature_layers.md)
|
||||
* [One Shot Keys](one_shot_keys.md)
|
||||
* [Pointing Device](feature_pointing_device.md)
|
||||
* [Raw HID](feature_rawhid.md)
|
||||
* [Swap Hands](feature_swap_hands.md)
|
||||
* [Tap Dance](feature_tap_dance.md)
|
||||
* [Tap-Hold Configuration](tap_hold.md)
|
||||
@@ -111,6 +115,7 @@
|
||||
* [Overview](breaking_changes.md)
|
||||
* [My Pull Request Was Flagged](breaking_changes_instructions.md)
|
||||
* History
|
||||
* [2020 May 30](ChangeLog/20200530.md)
|
||||
* [2020 Feb 29](ChangeLog/20200229.md)
|
||||
* [2019 Aug 30](ChangeLog/20190830.md)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -125,6 +130,7 @@
|
||||
* [SPI Driver](spi_driver.md)
|
||||
* [WS2812 Driver](ws2812_driver.md)
|
||||
* [EEPROM Driver](eeprom_driver.md)
|
||||
* ['serial' Driver](serial_driver.md)
|
||||
* [GPIO Controls](internals_gpio_control.md)
|
||||
* [Keyboard Guidelines](hardware_keyboard_guidelines.md)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -139,6 +145,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
* Hardware Platform Development
|
||||
* Arm/ChibiOS
|
||||
* [Selecting an MCU](platformdev_selecting_arm_mcu.md)
|
||||
* [Early initialization](platformdev_chibios_earlyinit.md)
|
||||
|
||||
* QMK Reference
|
||||
|
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Then place this include at the top of your code:
|
||||
|
||||
### AVR
|
||||
|
||||
|Channel|AT90USB64/128|ATmega16/32U4|ATmega32A|ATmega328P|
|
||||
|Channel|AT90USB64/128|ATmega16/32U4|ATmega32A|ATmega328/P|
|
||||
|-------|-------------|-------------|---------|----------|
|
||||
|0 |`F0` |`F0` |`A0` |`C0` |
|
||||
|1 |`F1` |`F1` |`A1` |`C1` |
|
||||
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Then place this include at the top of your code:
|
||||
|12 | |`B5` | | |
|
||||
|13 | |`B6` | | |
|
||||
|
||||
<sup>\* The ATmega328P possesses two extra ADC channels; however, they are not present on the DIP pinout, and are not shared with GPIO pins. You can use `adc_read()` directly to gain access to these.</sup>
|
||||
<sup>\* The ATmega328/P possesses two extra ADC channels; however, they are not present on the DIP pinout, and are not shared with GPIO pins. You can use `adc_read()` directly to gain access to these.</sup>
|
||||
|
||||
### ARM
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -6,27 +6,28 @@ The breaking change period is when we will merge PR's that change QMK in dangero
|
||||
|
||||
## What has been included in past Breaking Changes?
|
||||
|
||||
* [2020 May 30](ChangeLog/20200530.md)
|
||||
* [2020 Feb 29](ChangeLog/20200229.md)
|
||||
* [2019 Aug 30](ChangeLog/20190830.md)
|
||||
|
||||
## When is the next Breaking Change?
|
||||
|
||||
The next Breaking Change is scheduled for May 30, 2020.
|
||||
The next Breaking Change is scheduled for Aug 29, 2020.
|
||||
|
||||
### Important Dates
|
||||
|
||||
* [x] 2020 Feb 29 - `future` is created. It will be rebased weekly.
|
||||
* [ ] 2020 May 2 - `future` closed to new PR's.
|
||||
* [ ] 2020 May 2 - Call for testers.
|
||||
* [ ] 2020 May 28 - `master` is locked, no PR's merged.
|
||||
* [ ] 2020 May 30 - Merge `future` to `master`.
|
||||
* [ ] 2020 May 30 - `master` is unlocked. PR's can be merged again.
|
||||
* [x] 2020 May 30 - `develop` is created. It will be rebased weekly.
|
||||
* [ ] 2020 Aug 1 - `develop` closed to new PR's.
|
||||
* [ ] 2020 Aug 1 - Call for testers.
|
||||
* [ ] 2020 Aug 27 - `master` is locked, no PR's merged.
|
||||
* [ ] 2020 Aug 29 - Merge `develop` to `master`.
|
||||
* [ ] 2020 Aug 29 - `master` is unlocked. PR's can be merged again.
|
||||
|
||||
## What changes will be included?
|
||||
|
||||
To see a list of breaking change candidates you can look at the [`breaking_change` label](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls?q=is%3Aopen+label%3Abreaking_change+is%3Apr). New changes might be added between now and when `future` is closed, and a PR with that label applied is not guaranteed to be merged.
|
||||
To see a list of breaking change candidates you can look at the [`breaking_change` label](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls?q=is%3Aopen+label%3Abreaking_change+is%3Apr). New changes might be added between now and when `develop` is closed, and a PR with that label applied is not guaranteed to be merged.
|
||||
|
||||
If you want your breaking change to be included in this round you need to create a PR with the `breaking_change` label and have it accepted before `future` closes. After `future` closes no new breaking changes will be accepted.
|
||||
If you want your breaking change to be included in this round you need to create a PR with the `breaking_change` label and have it accepted before `develop` closes. After `develop` closes no new breaking changes will be accepted.
|
||||
|
||||
Criteria for acceptance:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -37,9 +38,9 @@ Criteria for acceptance:
|
||||
|
||||
This section documents various processes we use when running the Breaking Changes process.
|
||||
|
||||
## Rebase `future` from `master`
|
||||
## Rebase `develop` from `master`
|
||||
|
||||
This is run every Friday while `future` is open.
|
||||
This is run every Friday while `develop` is open.
|
||||
|
||||
Process:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -47,31 +48,31 @@ Process:
|
||||
cd qmk_firmware
|
||||
git checkout master
|
||||
git pull --ff-only
|
||||
git checkout future
|
||||
git checkout develop
|
||||
git rebase master
|
||||
git push --force
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
## Creating the `future` branch
|
||||
## Creating the `develop` branch
|
||||
|
||||
This happens immediately after the previous `future` branch is merged.
|
||||
This happens immediately after the previous `develop` branch is merged.
|
||||
|
||||
* `qmk_firmware` git commands
|
||||
* [ ] `git checkout master`
|
||||
* [ ] `git pull --ff-only`
|
||||
* [ ] `git checkout -b future`
|
||||
* [ ] `git checkout -b develop`
|
||||
* [ ] Edit `readme.md`
|
||||
* [ ] Add a big notice at the top that this is a testing branch.
|
||||
* [ ] Include a link to this document
|
||||
* [ ] `git commit -m 'Branch point for <DATE> Breaking Change'`
|
||||
* [ ] `git tag breakpoint_<YYYY>_<MM>_<DD>`
|
||||
* [ ] `git tag <next_version>` # Prevent the breakpoint tag from confusing version incrementing
|
||||
* [ ] `git push origin future`
|
||||
* [ ] `git push origin develop`
|
||||
* [ ] `git push --tags`
|
||||
|
||||
## 4 Weeks Before Merge
|
||||
|
||||
* `future` is now closed to new PR's, only fixes for current PR's may be merged
|
||||
* `develop` is now closed to new PR's, only fixes for current PR's may be merged
|
||||
* Post call for testers
|
||||
* [ ] Discord
|
||||
* [ ] GitHub PR
|
||||
@@ -94,15 +95,15 @@ This happens immediately after the previous `future` branch is merged.
|
||||
## Day Of Merge
|
||||
|
||||
* `qmk_firmware` git commands
|
||||
* [ ] `git checkout future`
|
||||
* [ ] `git checkout develop`
|
||||
* [ ] `git pull --ff-only`
|
||||
* [ ] `git rebase origin/master`
|
||||
* [ ] Edit `readme.md`
|
||||
* [ ] Remove the notes about `future`
|
||||
* [ ] Remove the notes about `develop`
|
||||
* [ ] Roll up the ChangeLog into one file.
|
||||
* [ ] `git commit -m 'Merge point for <DATE> Breaking Change'`
|
||||
* [ ] `git push origin future`
|
||||
* Github Actions
|
||||
* [ ] Create a PR for `future`
|
||||
* [ ] `git push origin develop`
|
||||
* GitHub Actions
|
||||
* [ ] Create a PR for `develop`
|
||||
* [ ] Make sure travis comes back clean
|
||||
* [ ] Merge `future` PR
|
||||
* [ ] Merge `develop` PR
|
||||
|
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ If you are contributing core code, and the only reason it needs to go through br
|
||||
|
||||
We require submissions that go through the Breaking Change process to include a changelog entry. The entry should be a short summary of the changes your pull request makes – [each section here started as a changelog](ChangeLog/20190830.md "n.b. This should link to the 2019 Aug 30 Breaking Changes doc - @noroadsleft").
|
||||
|
||||
Your changelog should be located at `docs/ChangeLog/YYYYMMDD/PR####.md`, where `YYYYMMDD` is the date on which QMK's breaking change branch – usually named `future` – will be merged into the `master` branch, and `####` is the number of your pull request.
|
||||
Your changelog should be located at `docs/ChangeLog/YYYYMMDD/PR####.md`, where `YYYYMMDD` is the date on which QMK's breaking change branch – usually named `develop` – will be merged into the `master` branch, and `####` is the number of your pull request.
|
||||
|
||||
If your submission requires action on the part of users, your changelog should instruct users what action(s) must be taken, or link to a location that does so.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -13,18 +13,17 @@ QMK requires Python 3.6 or greater. We try to keep the number of requirements sm
|
||||
If you have installed [Homebrew](https://brew.sh) you can tap and install QMK:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
brew tap qmk/qmk
|
||||
brew install qmk
|
||||
brew install qmk/qmk/qmk
|
||||
export QMK_HOME='~/qmk_firmware' # Optional, set the location for `qmk_firmware`
|
||||
qmk setup # This will clone `qmk/qmk_firmware` and optionally set up your build environment
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Install Using easy_install or pip :id=install-using-easy_install-or-pip
|
||||
### Install Using pip :id=install-using-easy_install-or-pip
|
||||
|
||||
If your system is not listed above you can install QMK manually. First ensure that you have python 3.6 (or later) installed and have installed pip. Then install QMK with this command:
|
||||
If your system is not listed above you can install QMK manually. First ensure that you have Python 3.6 (or later) installed and have installed pip. Then install QMK with this command:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
pip3 install qmk
|
||||
python3 -m pip install qmk
|
||||
export QMK_HOME='~/qmk_firmware' # Optional, set the location for `qmk_firmware`
|
||||
qmk setup # This will clone `qmk/qmk_firmware` and optionally set up your build environment
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
@@ -6,6 +6,8 @@
|
||||
|
||||
This command allows you to compile firmware from any directory. You can compile JSON exports from <https://config.qmk.fm>, compile keymaps in the repo, or compile the keyboard in the current working directory.
|
||||
|
||||
This command is directory aware. It will automatically fill in KEYBOARD and/or KEYMAP if you are in a keyboard or keymap directory.
|
||||
|
||||
**Usage for Configurator Exports**:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
@@ -73,8 +75,9 @@ $ qmk compile -kb dz60
|
||||
|
||||
## `qmk flash`
|
||||
|
||||
This command is similar to `qmk compile`, but can also target a bootloader. The bootloader is optional, and is set to `:flash` by default.
|
||||
To specify a different bootloader, use `-bl <bootloader>`. Visit the [Flashing Firmware](flashing.md) guide for more details of the available bootloaders.
|
||||
This command is similar to `qmk compile`, but can also target a bootloader. The bootloader is optional, and is set to `:flash` by default. To specify a different bootloader, use `-bl <bootloader>`. Visit the [Flashing Firmware](flashing.md) guide for more details of the available bootloaders.
|
||||
|
||||
This command is directory aware. It will automatically fill in KEYBOARD and/or KEYMAP if you are in a keyboard or keymap directory.
|
||||
|
||||
**Usage for Configurator Exports**:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -128,6 +131,32 @@ Check your environment and report problems only:
|
||||
|
||||
qmk doctor -n
|
||||
|
||||
## `qmk info`
|
||||
|
||||
Displays information about keyboards and keymaps in QMK. You can use this to get information about a keyboard, show the layouts, display the underlying key matrix, or to pretty-print JSON keymaps.
|
||||
|
||||
**Usage**:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
qmk info [-f FORMAT] [-m] [-l] [-km KEYMAP] [-kb KEYBOARD]
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
This command is directory aware. It will automatically fill in KEYBOARD and/or KEYMAP if you are in a keyboard or keymap directory.
|
||||
|
||||
**Examples**:
|
||||
|
||||
Show basic information for a keyboard:
|
||||
|
||||
qmk info -kb planck/rev5
|
||||
|
||||
Show the matrix for a keyboard:
|
||||
|
||||
qmk info -kb ergodox_ez -m
|
||||
|
||||
Show a JSON keymap for a keyboard:
|
||||
|
||||
qmk info -kb clueboard/california -km default
|
||||
|
||||
## `qmk json2c`
|
||||
|
||||
Creates a keymap.c from a QMK Configurator export.
|
||||
@@ -152,6 +181,8 @@ qmk list-keyboards
|
||||
|
||||
This command lists all the keymaps for a specified keyboard (and revision).
|
||||
|
||||
This command is directory aware. It will automatically fill in KEYBOARD if you are in a keyboard directory.
|
||||
|
||||
**Usage**:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
@@ -162,6 +193,8 @@ qmk list-keymaps -kb planck/ez
|
||||
|
||||
This command creates a new keymap based on a keyboard's existing default keymap.
|
||||
|
||||
This command is directory aware. It will automatically fill in KEYBOARD and/or KEYMAP if you are in a keyboard or keymap directory.
|
||||
|
||||
**Usage**:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ compile.keymap: skully -> None
|
||||
|-----|---------------|-------------|
|
||||
| user.keyboard | None | The keyboard path (Example: `clueboard/66/rev4`) |
|
||||
| user.keymap | None | The keymap name (Example: `default`) |
|
||||
| user.name | None | The user's github username. |
|
||||
| user.name | None | The user's GitHub username. |
|
||||
|
||||
# All Configuration Options
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ Our tests can be found in `lib/python/qmk/tests/`. You will find both unit and i
|
||||
|
||||
If your PR does not include a comprehensive set of tests please add comments like this to your code so that other people know where they can help:
|
||||
|
||||
# TODO(unassigned/<yourGithubUsername>): Write <unit|integration> tests
|
||||
# TODO(unassigned/<your_github_username>): Write <unit|integration> tests
|
||||
|
||||
We use [nose2](https://nose2.readthedocs.io/en/latest/getting_started.html) to run our tests. You can refer to the nose2 documentation for more details on what you can do in your test functions.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ Certain MCUs which do not have native USB will use [V-USB](https://www.obdev.at/
|
||||
|
||||
* [ATmega32A](https://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/en/ATmega32A)
|
||||
* [ATmega328P](https://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/en/ATmega328P)
|
||||
* [ATmega328](https://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/en/ATmega328)
|
||||
|
||||
## ARM
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -191,7 +191,14 @@ If you define these options you will enable the associated feature, which may in
|
||||
* `#define RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS`
|
||||
* run RGB animations
|
||||
* `#define RGBLIGHT_LAYERS`
|
||||
* Lets you define [lighting layers](feature_rgblight.md) that can be toggled on or off. Great for showing the current keyboard layer or caps lock state.
|
||||
* Lets you define [lighting layers](feature_rgblight.md?id=lighting-layers) that can be toggled on or off. Great for showing the current keyboard layer or caps lock state.
|
||||
* `#define RGBLIGHT_MAX_LAYERS`
|
||||
* Defaults to 8. Can be expanded up to 32 if more [lighting layers](feature_rgblight.md?id=lighting-layers) are needed.
|
||||
* Note: Increasing the maximum will increase the firmware size and slow sync on split keyboards.
|
||||
* `#define RGBLIGHT_LAYER_BLINK`
|
||||
* Adds ability to [blink](feature_rgblight.md?id=lighting-layer-blink) a lighting layer for a specified number of milliseconds (e.g. to acknowledge an action).
|
||||
* `#define RGBLIGHT_LAYERS_OVERRIDE_RGB_OFF`
|
||||
* If defined, then [lighting layers](feature_rgblight?id=overriding-rgb-lighting-onoff-status) will be shown even if RGB Light is off.
|
||||
* `#define RGBLED_NUM 12`
|
||||
* number of LEDs
|
||||
* `#define RGBLIGHT_SPLIT`
|
||||
|
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ I'll say that again because it's important:
|
||||
|
||||
!> **MAKE SURE YOU SELECT THE RIGHT VERSION!**
|
||||
|
||||
If your keyboard has been advertised to be powered by QMK but is not in the list, chances are a developer hasn't gotten to it yet or we haven't had a chance to merge it in yet. File an issue at [qmk_firmware](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues) requesting to support that particular keyboard, if there is no active [Pull Request](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Apr+label%3Akeyboard) for it. There are also QMK powered keyboards that are in their manufacturer's own github accounts. Double check for that as well. <!-- FIXME(skullydazed): This feels too wordy and I'm not sure we want to encourage these kinds of issues. Also, should we prompt them to bug the manufacutrer? -->
|
||||
If your keyboard has been advertised to be powered by QMK but is not in the list, chances are a developer hasn't gotten to it yet or we haven't had a chance to merge it in yet. File an issue at [qmk_firmware](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues) requesting to support that particular keyboard, if there is no active [Pull Request](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Apr+label%3Akeyboard) for it. There are also QMK powered keyboards that are in their manufacturer's own GitHub accounts. Double check for that as well. <!-- FIXME(skullydazed): This feels too wordy and I'm not sure we want to encourage these kinds of issues. Also, should we prompt them to bug the manufacutrer? -->
|
||||
|
||||
## Step 2: Select Your Keyboard Layout
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
|
||||
case KC_ENTER:
|
||||
// Play a tone when enter is pressed
|
||||
if (record->event.pressed) {
|
||||
PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_qwerty);
|
||||
PLAY_SONG(tone_qwerty);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true; // Let QMK send the enter press/release events
|
||||
default:
|
||||
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
|
||||
case KC_ENTER:
|
||||
// Play a tone when enter is pressed
|
||||
if (record->event.pressed) {
|
||||
PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_qwerty);
|
||||
PLAY_SONG(tone_qwerty);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true; // Let QMK send the enter press/release events
|
||||
case RGB_LYR: // This allows me to use underglow as layer indication, or as normal
|
||||
@@ -486,56 +486,3 @@ And you're done. The RGB layer indication will only work if you want it to. And
|
||||
* Keymap: `void eeconfig_init_user(void)`, `uint32_t eeconfig_read_user(void)` and `void eeconfig_update_user(uint32_t val)`
|
||||
|
||||
The `val` is the value of the data that you want to write to EEPROM. And the `eeconfig_read_*` function return a 32 bit (DWORD) value from the EEPROM.
|
||||
|
||||
# Custom Tapping Term
|
||||
|
||||
By default, the tapping term and related options (such as `IGNORE_MOD_TAP_INTERRUPT`) are defined globally, and are not configurable by key. For most users, this is perfectly fine. But in some cases, dual function keys would be greatly improved by different timeout behaviors than `LT` keys, or because some keys may be easier to hold than others. Instead of using custom key codes for each, this allows for per key configurable timeout behaviors.
|
||||
|
||||
There are two configurable options to control per-key timeout behaviors:
|
||||
|
||||
- `TAPPING_TERM_PER_KEY`
|
||||
- `IGNORE_MOD_TAP_INTERRUPT_PER_KEY`
|
||||
|
||||
You need to add `#define` lines to your `config.h` for each feature you want.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
#define TAPPING_TERM_PER_KEY
|
||||
#define IGNORE_MOD_TAP_INTERRUPT_PER_KEY
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Example `get_tapping_term` Implementation
|
||||
|
||||
To change the `TAPPING_TERM` based on the keycode, you'd want to add something like the following to your `keymap.c` file:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
uint16_t get_tapping_term(uint16_t keycode) {
|
||||
switch (keycode) {
|
||||
case SFT_T(KC_SPC):
|
||||
return TAPPING_TERM + 1250;
|
||||
case LT(1, KC_GRV):
|
||||
return 130;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return TAPPING_TERM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
## Example `get_ignore_mod_tap_interrupt` Implementation
|
||||
|
||||
To change the `IGNORE_MOD_TAP_INTERRUPT` value based on the keycode, you'd want to add something like the following to your `keymap.c` file:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
bool get_ignore_mod_tap_interrupt(uint16_t keycode) {
|
||||
switch (keycode) {
|
||||
case SFT_T(KC_SPC):
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
## `get_tapping_term` / `get_ignore_mod_tap_interrupt` Function Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
Unlike many of the other functions here, there isn't a need (or even reason) to have a quantum or keyboard level function. Only user level functions are useful here, so no need to mark them as such.
|
||||
|
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ QMK (*Quantum Mechanical Keyboard*) ist eine Open-Source-Community, welche die Q
|
||||
|
||||
## Bezugsquelle für QMK
|
||||
|
||||
Wenn Du vorhast, deine Tastatur, Tastaturbelegung oder Features zu QMK beizusteuern, geht das am einfachsten, indem Du das [Repository auf Github](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware#fork-destination-box) forkst, die Änderungen in deinem lokalen Repo vornimmst und anschließend einen [Pull Request](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls) einreichst.
|
||||
Wenn Du vorhast, deine Tastatur, Tastaturbelegung oder Features zu QMK beizusteuern, geht das am einfachsten, indem Du das [Repository auf GitHub](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware#fork-destination-box) forkst, die Änderungen in deinem lokalen Repo vornimmst und anschließend einen [Pull Request](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls) einreichst.
|
||||
|
||||
Ansonsten kannst Du es als [zip](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/zipball/master) oder [tar](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tarball/master) herunterladen, oder es direkt via git klonen (`git clone git@github.com:qmk/qmk_firmware.git` bzw. `git clone https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware.git`).
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
|
||||
* [QMK CLI](de/cli.md)
|
||||
* [QMK CLI Konfiguration](de/cli_configuration.md)
|
||||
* [Zu QMK beitragen](de/contributing.md)
|
||||
* [Anleitung für Github](de/getting_started_github.md)
|
||||
* [Anleitung für GitHub](de/getting_started_github.md)
|
||||
* [Nach Hilfe fragen](de/getting_started_getting_help.md)
|
||||
|
||||
* [Breaking Changes](de/breaking_changes.md)
|
||||
|
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Git Ressourcen:
|
||||
|
||||
* [Gutes allgemeines Tutorial](https://www.codecademy.com/learn/learn-git) (auf Englisch)
|
||||
* [Git spielerisch anhand von Beispielen lernen](https://learngitbranching.js.org/) (auf Englisch)
|
||||
* [Mehr über den allgemeinen Umgang mit Github](getting_started_github.md)
|
||||
* [Mehr über den allgemeinen Umgang mit GitHub](getting_started_github.md)
|
||||
* [Mehr über Git im Bezug zu QMK](contributing.md)
|
||||
|
||||
Mehr über die Arbeit mit der Befehlszeile:
|
||||
|
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
# EEPROM Driver Configuration
|
||||
# EEPROM Driver Configuration :id=eeprom-driver-configuration
|
||||
|
||||
The EEPROM driver can be swapped out depending on the needs of the keyboard, or whether extra hardware is present.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -6,15 +6,20 @@ Driver | Description
|
||||
-----------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
`EEPROM_DRIVER = vendor` (default) | Uses the on-chip driver provided by the chip manufacturer. For AVR, this is provided by avr-libc. This is supported on ARM for a subset of chips -- STM32F3xx, STM32F1xx, and STM32F072xB will be emulated by writing to flash. STM32L0xx and STM32L1xx will use the onboard dedicated true EEPROM. Other chips will generally act as "transient" below.
|
||||
`EEPROM_DRIVER = i2c` | Supports writing to I2C-based 24xx EEPROM chips. See the driver section below.
|
||||
`EEPROM_DRIVER = spi` | Supports writing to SPI-based 25xx EEPROM chips. See the driver section below.
|
||||
`EEPROM_DRIVER = transient` | Fake EEPROM driver -- supports reading/writing to RAM, and will be discarded when power is lost.
|
||||
|
||||
## Vendor Driver Configuration
|
||||
## Vendor Driver Configuration :id=vendor-eeprom-driver-configuration
|
||||
|
||||
#### STM32 L0/L1 Configuration :id=stm32l0l1-eeprom-driver-configuration
|
||||
|
||||
!> Resetting EEPROM using an STM32L0/L1 device takes up to 1 second for every 1kB of internal EEPROM used.
|
||||
|
||||
No configurable options are available.
|
||||
`config.h` override | Description | Default Value
|
||||
------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
`#define STM32_ONBOARD_EEPROM_SIZE` | The size of the EEPROM to use, in bytes. Erase times can be high, so it's configurable here, if not using the default value. | Minimum required to cover base _eeconfig_ data, or `1024` if VIA is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
## I2C Driver Configuration
|
||||
## I2C Driver Configuration :id=i2c-eeprom-driver-configuration
|
||||
|
||||
Currently QMK supports 24xx-series chips over I2C. As such, requires a working i2c_master driver configuration. You can override the driver configuration via your config.h:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -41,7 +46,21 @@ MB85RC256V FRAM | `#define EEPROM_I2C_MB85RC256V` | <https://www.adafruit.com/p
|
||||
|
||||
?> If you find that the EEPROM is not cooperating, ensure you've correctly shifted up your EEPROM address by 1. For example, the datasheet might state the address as `0b01010000` -- the correct value of `EXTERNAL_EEPROM_I2C_BASE_ADDRESS` needs to be `0b10100000`.
|
||||
|
||||
## Transient Driver configuration
|
||||
## SPI Driver Configuration :id=spi-eeprom-driver-configuration
|
||||
|
||||
Currently QMK supports 25xx-series chips over SPI. As such, requires a working spi_master driver configuration. You can override the driver configuration via your config.h:
|
||||
|
||||
`config.h` override | Description | Default Value
|
||||
-----------------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|--------------
|
||||
`#define EXTERNAL_EEPROM_SPI_SLAVE_SELECT_PIN` | SPI Slave select pin in order to inform that the EEPROM is currently being addressed | _none_
|
||||
`#define EXTERNAL_EEPROM_SPI_CLOCK_DIVISOR` | Clock divisor used to divide the peripheral clock to derive the SPI frequency | `64`
|
||||
`#define EXTERNAL_EEPROM_BYTE_COUNT` | Total size of the EEPROM in bytes | 8192
|
||||
`#define EXTERNAL_EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE` | Page size of the EEPROM in bytes, as specified in the datasheet | 32
|
||||
`#define EXTERNAL_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SIZE` | The number of bytes to transmit for the memory location within the EEPROM | 2
|
||||
|
||||
!> There's no way to determine if there is an SPI EEPROM actually responding. Generally, this will result in reads of nothing but zero.
|
||||
|
||||
## Transient Driver configuration :id=transient-eeprom-driver-configuration
|
||||
|
||||
The only configurable item for the transient EEPROM driver is its size:
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ QMK (*Quantum Mechanical Keyboard*) es una comunidad open source que mantiene el
|
||||
|
||||
## Cómo conseguirlo
|
||||
|
||||
Si estás pensando en contribuir con un keymap, teclado, or característica a QMK, la manera más sencilla es hacer un [fork del repositorio en Github](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware#fork-destination-box), y clonar tu repositorio localmente para hacer los cambios, subirlos, y abir un [Pull Request](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls) desde tu fork.
|
||||
Si estás pensando en contribuir con un keymap, teclado, or característica a QMK, la manera más sencilla es hacer un [fork del repositorio en GitHub](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware#fork-destination-box), y clonar tu repositorio localmente para hacer los cambios, subirlos, y abir un [Pull Request](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls) desde tu fork.
|
||||
|
||||
De cualquier manera, también puedes descargarlo directamente en formatos ([zip](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/zipball/master), [tar](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tarball/master)), o clonarlo via git (`git@github.com:qmk/qmk_firmware.git`), o https (`https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware.git`).
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
|
||||
* [QMK CLI](es/cli.md)
|
||||
* [Configuración de QMK CLI](es/cli_configuration.md)
|
||||
* [Contribuyendo a QMK](es/contributing.md)
|
||||
* [Cómo usar Github](es/getting_started_github.md)
|
||||
* [Cómo usar GitHub](es/getting_started_github.md)
|
||||
* [Obtener ayuda](es/getting_started_getting_help.md)
|
||||
|
||||
* [Cambios incompatibles](es/breaking_changes.md)
|
||||
|
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Este documento procura instruir a los novatos en las mejores prácticas para ten
|
||||
|
||||
En este documento suponemos un par de cosas:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Tienes una cuenta de Github, y has hecho un [fork del repo qmk_firmware](getting_started_github.md) en tu cuenta.
|
||||
1. Tienes una cuenta de GitHub, y has hecho un [fork del repo qmk_firmware](getting_started_github.md) en tu cuenta.
|
||||
2. Has [configurado tu entorno de desarrollo](newbs_getting_started.md?id=environment-setup).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Lo diré otra vez porque es importante
|
||||
|
||||
!> **ASEGÚRATE DE QUE SELECCIONAS LA VERSIÓN CORRECTA!**
|
||||
|
||||
Si se ha anunciado que tu teclado funciona con QMK pero no está en la lista, es probable que un desarrollador no se haya encargado de él aún o que todavía no hemos tenido la oportunidad de incluirlo. Abre un issue en [qmk_firmware](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues) solicitando soportar ese teclado un particular, si no hay un [Pull Request](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Apr+label%3Akeyboard) activo para ello. Hay también teclados que funcionan con QMK que están en las cuentas de github de sus manufacturantes. Acuérdate de comprobar esto también.
|
||||
Si se ha anunciado que tu teclado funciona con QMK pero no está en la lista, es probable que un desarrollador no se haya encargado de él aún o que todavía no hemos tenido la oportunidad de incluirlo. Abre un issue en [qmk_firmware](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues) solicitando soportar ese teclado un particular, si no hay un [Pull Request](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Apr+label%3Akeyboard) activo para ello. Hay también teclados que funcionan con QMK que están en las cuentas de GitHub de sus manufacturantes. Acuérdate de comprobar esto también.
|
||||
|
||||
## Eligiendo el layout de tu teclado
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Recursos de Git:
|
||||
|
||||
* [Excelente tutorial general](https://www.codecademy.com/learn/learn-git)
|
||||
* [Juego de Git para aprender usando ejemplos](https://learngitbranching.js.org/)
|
||||
* [Recursos de Git para aprender más sobre Github](getting_started_github.md)
|
||||
* [Recursos de Git para aprender más sobre GitHub](getting_started_github.md)
|
||||
* [Recursos de Git dirigidos específicamente a QMK](contributing.md)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -28,33 +28,30 @@ sudo udevadm trigger
|
||||
**/etc/udev/rules.d/50-atmel-dfu.rules:**
|
||||
```
|
||||
# Atmel ATMega32U4
|
||||
SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="03eb", ATTRS{idProduct}=="2ff4", MODE:="0666"
|
||||
SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="03eb", ATTRS{idProduct}=="2ff4", TAG+="uaccess", RUN{builtin}+="uaccess"
|
||||
# Atmel USBKEY AT90USB1287
|
||||
SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="03eb", ATTRS{idProduct}=="2ffb", MODE:="0666"
|
||||
SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="03eb", ATTRS{idProduct}=="2ffb", TAG+="uaccess", RUN{builtin}+="uaccess"
|
||||
# Atmel ATMega32U2
|
||||
SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="03eb", ATTRS{idProduct}=="2ff0", MODE:="0666"
|
||||
SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="03eb", ATTRS{idProduct}=="2ff0", TAG+="uaccess", RUN{builtin}+="uaccess"
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
**/etc/udev/rules.d/52-tmk-keyboard.rules:**
|
||||
```
|
||||
# tmk keyboard products https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard
|
||||
SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="feed", MODE:="0666"
|
||||
```
|
||||
**/etc/udev/rules.d/54-input-club-keyboard.rules:**
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
# Input Club keyboard bootloader
|
||||
SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="1c11", MODE:="0666"
|
||||
SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="1c11", ATTRS{idProduct}=="b007", TAG+="uaccess", RUN{builtin}+="uaccess"
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
**/etc/udev/rules.d/55-caterina.rules:**
|
||||
```
|
||||
# ModemManager should ignore the following devices
|
||||
ATTRS{idVendor}=="2a03", ENV{ID_MM_DEVICE_IGNORE}="1"
|
||||
ATTRS{idVendor}=="2341", ENV{ID_MM_DEVICE_IGNORE}="1"
|
||||
SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="2a03", ATTRS{idProduct}=="0036", TAG+="uaccess", RUN{builtin}+="uaccess", ENV{ID_MM_DEVICE_IGNORE}="1"
|
||||
SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="2341", ATTRS{idProduct}=="0036", TAG+="uaccess", RUN{builtin}+="uaccess", ENV{ID_MM_DEVICE_IGNORE}="1"
|
||||
SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="1b4f", ATTRS{idProduct}=="9205", TAG+="uaccess", RUN{builtin}+="uaccess", ENV{ID_MM_DEVICE_IGNORE}="1"
|
||||
SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="1b4f", ATTRS{idProduct}=="9203", TAG+="uaccess", RUN{builtin}+="uaccess", ENV{ID_MM_DEVICE_IGNORE}="1"
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** ModemManager filtering only works when not in strict mode, the following commands can update that settings:
|
||||
**Note:** With older (before 1.12) ModemManager, filtering only works when not in strict mode, the following commands can update that settings:
|
||||
```console
|
||||
sudo sed -i 's/--filter-policy=strict/--filter-policy=default/' /lib/systemd/system/ModemManager.service
|
||||
sudo systemctl daemon-reload
|
||||
@@ -64,15 +61,15 @@ sudo systemctl restart ModemManager
|
||||
**/etc/udev/rules.d/56-dfu-util.rules:**
|
||||
```
|
||||
# stm32duino
|
||||
SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="1eaf", ATTRS{idProduct}=="0003", MODE:="0666"
|
||||
SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="1eaf", ATTRS{idProduct}=="0003", TAG+="uaccess", RUN{builtin}+="uaccess"
|
||||
# Generic stm32
|
||||
SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="0483", ATTRS{idProduct}=="df11", MODE:="0666"
|
||||
SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="0483", ATTRS{idProduct}=="df11", TAG+="uaccess", RUN{builtin}+="uaccess"
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
**/etc/udev/rules.d/57-bootloadhid.rules:**
|
||||
```
|
||||
# bootloadHID
|
||||
SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="16c0", ATTRS{idProduct}=="05df", MODE:="0666"
|
||||
SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="16c0", ATTRS{idProduct}=="05df", TAG+="uaccess", RUN{builtin}+="uaccess"
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Serial device is not detected in bootloader mode on Linux
|
||||
@@ -113,26 +110,16 @@ OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=2048
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
## `avr-gcc: internal compiler error: Abort trap: 6 (program cc1)` on MacOS
|
||||
|
||||
This is an issue with updating on brew, causing symlinks that avr-gcc depend on getting mangled.
|
||||
|
||||
The solution is to remove and reinstall all affected modules.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
brew rm avr-gcc
|
||||
brew rm avr-gcc@8
|
||||
brew rm dfu-programmer
|
||||
brew rm dfu-util
|
||||
brew rm gcc-arm-none-eabi
|
||||
brew rm arm-gcc-bin@8
|
||||
brew rm avrdude
|
||||
brew install avr-gcc@8
|
||||
brew install dfu-programmer
|
||||
brew install dfu-util
|
||||
brew install arm-gcc-bin@8
|
||||
brew install avrdude
|
||||
brew rm avr-gcc avr-gcc@8 dfu-programmer dfu-util gcc-arm-none-eabi arm-gcc-bin@8 avrdude qmk
|
||||
brew install qmk/qmk/qmk
|
||||
brew link --force avr-gcc@8
|
||||
brew link --force arm-gcc-bin@8
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### `avr-gcc` and LUFA
|
||||
|
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ BACKLIGHT_DRIVER = pwm
|
||||
|
||||
Hardware PWM is supported according to the following table:
|
||||
|
||||
|Backlight Pin|AT90USB64/128|ATmega16/32U4|ATmega16/32U2|ATmega32A|ATmega328P|
|
||||
|Backlight Pin|AT90USB64/128|ATmega16/32U4|ATmega16/32U2|ATmega32A|ATmega328/P|
|
||||
|-------------|-------------|-------------|-------------|---------|----------|
|
||||
|`B1` | | | | |Timer 1 |
|
||||
|`B2` | | | | |Timer 1 |
|
||||
|
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ void encoder_update_user(uint8_t index, bool clockwise) {
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
tap_code(KC_PGUP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (index == 1) { /* Second encoder */
|
||||
} else if (index == 1) { /* Second encoder */
|
||||
if (clockwise) {
|
||||
tap_code(KC_DOWN);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
|
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
|
||||
# HD44780 LCD Displays
|
||||
|
||||
This is an integration of Peter Fleury's LCD library. This page will explain the basics. [For in depth documentation visit his page.](http://homepage.hispeed.ch/peterfleury/doxygen/avr-gcc-libraries/group__pfleury__lcd.html)
|
||||
This is an integration of Peter Fleury's LCD library. This page will explain the basics. [For in depth documentation visit his page.](http://www.peterfleury.epizy.com/doxygen/avr-gcc-libraries/group__pfleury__lcd.html)
|
||||
|
||||
You can enable support for HD44780 Displays by setting the `HD44780_ENABLE` flag in your keyboards `rules.mk` to yes.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ LCD_DISP_ON_CURSOR_BLINK : display on, cursor on flashing
|
||||
````
|
||||
This is best done in your keyboards `matrix_init_kb` or your keymaps `matrix_init_user`.
|
||||
It is advised to clear the display before use.
|
||||
To do so call `lcd_clrsrc()`.
|
||||
To do so call `lcd_clrscr()`.
|
||||
|
||||
To now print something to your Display you first call `lcd_gotoxy(column, line)`. To go to the start of the first line you would call `lcd_gotoxy(0, 0)` and then print a string with `lcd_puts("example string")`.
|
||||
|
||||
There are more methods available to control the display. [For in depth documentation please visit the linked page.](http://homepage.hispeed.ch/peterfleury/doxygen/avr-gcc-libraries/group__pfleury__lcd.html)
|
||||
There are more methods available to control the display. [For in depth documentation please visit the linked page.](http://www.peterfleury.epizy.com/doxygen/avr-gcc-libraries/group__pfleury__lcd.html)
|
||||
|
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ If you've ever used Vim, you know what a Leader key is. If not, you're about to
|
||||
That's what `KC_LEAD` does. Here's an example:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Pick a key on your keyboard you want to use as the Leader key. Assign it the keycode `KC_LEAD`. This key would be dedicated just for this -- it's a single action key, can't be used for anything else.
|
||||
2. Include the line `#define LEADER_TIMEOUT 300` in your `config.h`. This sets the timeout for the `KC_LEAD` key. Specifically, when you press the `KC_LEAD` key, you only have a certain amount of time to complete the Leader Key sequence. The `300` here sets that to 300ms, and you can increase this value to give you more time to hit the sequence. But any keys pressed during this timeout are intercepted and not sent, so you may want to keep this value low. .
|
||||
2. Include the line `#define LEADER_TIMEOUT 300` in your `config.h`. This sets the timeout for the `KC_LEAD` key. Specifically, when you press the `KC_LEAD` key, you only have a certain amount of time to complete the Leader Key sequence. The `300` here sets that to 300ms, and you can increase this value to give you more time to hit the sequence. But any keys pressed during this timeout are intercepted and not sent, so you may want to keep this value low.
|
||||
* By default, this timeout is how long after pressing `KC_LEAD` to complete your entire sequence. This may be very low for some people. So you may want to increase this timeout. Optionally, you may want to enable the `LEADER_PER_KEY_TIMING` option, which resets the timeout after each key is tapped. This allows you to maintain a low value here, but still be able to use the longer sequences. To enable this option, add `#define LEADER_PER_KEY_TIMING` to your `config.h`.
|
||||
3. Within your `matrix_scan_user` function, add something like this:
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -21,26 +21,28 @@ Keep in mind that a report_mouse_t (here "mouseReport") has the following proper
|
||||
* `mouseReport.h` - this is a signed int from -127 to 127 (not 128, this is defined in USB HID spec) representing horizontal scrolling (+ right, - left).
|
||||
* `mouseReport.buttons` - this is a uint8_t in which the last 5 bits are used. These bits represent the mouse button state - bit 3 is mouse button 5, and bit 7 is mouse button 1.
|
||||
|
||||
When the mouse report is sent, the x, y, v, and h values are set to 0 (this is done in "pointing_device_send()", which can be overridden to avoid this behavior). This way, button states persist, but movement will only occur once. For further customization, both `pointing_device_init` and `pointing_device_task` can be overridden.
|
||||
Once you have made the necessary changes to the mouse report, you need to send it:
|
||||
|
||||
* `pointing_device_send()` - Sends the mouse report to the host and zeroes out the report.
|
||||
|
||||
When the mouse report is sent, the x, y, v, and h values are set to 0 (this is done in `pointing_device_send()`, which can be overridden to avoid this behavior). This way, button states persist, but movement will only occur once. For further customization, both `pointing_device_init` and `pointing_device_task` can be overridden.
|
||||
|
||||
In the following example, a custom key is used to click the mouse and scroll 127 units vertically and horizontally, then undo all of that when released - because that's a totally useful function. Listen, this is an example:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
case MS_SPECIAL:
|
||||
report_mouse_t currentReport = pointing_device_get_report();
|
||||
if (record->event.pressed)
|
||||
{
|
||||
report_mouse_t currentReport = pointing_device_get_report();
|
||||
if (record->event.pressed) {
|
||||
currentReport.v = 127;
|
||||
currentReport.h = 127;
|
||||
currentReport.buttons |= MOUSE_BTN1; //this is defined in report.h
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
currentReport.h = 127;
|
||||
currentReport.buttons |= MOUSE_BTN1; // this is defined in report.h
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
currentReport.v = -127;
|
||||
currentReport.h = -127;
|
||||
currentReport.buttons &= ~MOUSE_BTN1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
pointing_device_set_report(currentReport);
|
||||
pointing_device_set_report(currentReport);
|
||||
pointing_device_send();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
|
69
docs/feature_rawhid.md
Normal file
69
docs/feature_rawhid.md
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
|
||||
# Raw HID
|
||||
|
||||
Raw HID allows for bidirectional communication between QMK and the host computer over an HID interface. This has many potential use cases, such as switching keymaps on the fly or changing RGB LED colors and modes.
|
||||
|
||||
There are two main components to getting raw HID working with your keyboard.
|
||||
|
||||
## Keyboard firmware
|
||||
|
||||
The implementation is fairly straightforward for the firmware.
|
||||
In your `rules.mk` add:
|
||||
|
||||
```make
|
||||
RAW_ENABLE = yes
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
In your `keymap.c` include `"raw_hid.h"` and implement the following:
|
||||
|
||||
```C
|
||||
void raw_hid_receive(uint8_t *data, uint8_t length) {
|
||||
// Your code goes here. data is the packet received from host.
|
||||
}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
The `"raw_hid.h"` header also declares `void raw_hid_send(uint8_t *data, uint8_t length);` which allows sending packets from keyboard to host. As an example, it can also be used for debugging when building your host application by returning all data back to the host.
|
||||
|
||||
```C
|
||||
void raw_hid_receive(uint8_t *data, uint8_t length) {
|
||||
raw_hid_send(data, length);
|
||||
}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
`raw_hid_receive` can receive variable size packets from host with maximum length `RAW_EPSIZE`. `raw_hid_send` on the other hand can send packets to host of exactly `RAW_EPSIZE` length, therefore it should be used with data of length `RAW_EPSIZE`.
|
||||
|
||||
Make sure to flash raw enabled firmware before proceeding with working on the host side.
|
||||
|
||||
## Host (Windows/macOS/Linux)
|
||||
|
||||
This is the more complicated part as it will require some digging.
|
||||
|
||||
To connect your host computer to your keyboard with raw HID you need four pieces of information about your keyboard:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Vendor ID
|
||||
2. Product ID
|
||||
3. Usage Page
|
||||
4. Usage
|
||||
|
||||
The first two can easily be found in your keyboard's `config.h` in the keyboard's main directory under `VENDOR_ID` and `PRODUCT_ID`.
|
||||
|
||||
The final two can be overridden in your keyboard's `config.h` in the keyboard's main directory by redefining the values: `#define RAW_USAGE_PAGE 0xFF60` and `#define RAW_USAGE_ID 0x61`.
|
||||
|
||||
By default, **Usage Page** is `0xFF60` and **Usage** is `0x61`.
|
||||
|
||||
### Building your host
|
||||
|
||||
You can build your host using any language that has an available HID implementation library if you don't wish to make your own. The ones we know of for popular languages are:
|
||||
|
||||
* Node: [node-hid](https://github.com/node-hid/node-hid).
|
||||
* C: [hidapi](https://github.com/libusb/hidapi).
|
||||
* Java: [purejavahidapi](https://github.com/nyholku/purejavahidapi) and [hid4java](https://github.com/gary-rowe/hid4java).
|
||||
* Python: [pyhidapi](https://pypi.org/project/hid/).
|
||||
|
||||
This is not an exhaustive cross-platform list but should get you started. There are no special requirements for using raw HID so any HID library should work.
|
||||
|
||||
Now that you have all four pieces of information required to open HID interface to your keyboard. All you need to do is use your library's available functions to open the device with its ID parameters.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that Vendor ID and Product ID are not actually required to open the device. They are used only to filter to a specific device out of the many HID devices you have plugged in. Many libraries will give you the option to open the device using Product Name or Manufacturer Name instead, `node-hid` being a prime example. This will create issues for devices with builtin USB Hub or any extra HID interfaces where you will have multiple interfaces with the same name or from the same manufacturer. The Vendor ID together with Product ID create a unique designation to a single interface and will not exhibit this problem. Therefore, even if your library doesn't require you to, it is best to use them to avoid issues.
|
||||
Unlike Vendor ID and Product ID though, Usage Page and Usage are necessary for successful communication.
|
||||
|
||||
It should go without saying that regardless of the library you're using, you should always make sure to close the interface when finished. Depending on the operating system and your particular environment there may be issues connecting to it again afterwards with another client or another instance of the same client if it's not explicitly closed.
|
@@ -374,7 +374,8 @@ These are defined in [`rgblight_list.h`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blo
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define RGB_MATRIX_KEYPRESSES // reacts to keypresses
|
||||
#define RGB_MATRIX_KEYRELEASES // reacts to keyreleases (instead of keypresses)
|
||||
#define RGB_DISABLE_AFTER_TIMEOUT 0 // number of ticks to wait until disabling effects
|
||||
#define RGB_DISABLE_TIMEOUT 0 // number of milliseconds to wait until rgb automatically turns off
|
||||
#define RGB_DISABLE_AFTER_TIMEOUT 0 // OBSOLETE: number of ticks to wait until disabling effects
|
||||
#define RGB_DISABLE_WHEN_USB_SUSPENDED false // turn off effects when suspended
|
||||
#define RGB_MATRIX_LED_PROCESS_LIMIT (DRIVER_LED_TOTAL + 4) / 5 // limits the number of LEDs to process in an animation per task run (increases keyboard responsiveness)
|
||||
#define RGB_MATRIX_LED_FLUSH_LIMIT 16 // limits in milliseconds how frequently an animation will update the LEDs. 16 (16ms) is equivalent to limiting to 60fps (increases keyboard responsiveness)
|
||||
@@ -437,12 +438,16 @@ Where `28` is an unused index from `eeconfig.h`.
|
||||
|`rgb_matrix_sethsv_noeeprom(h, s, v)` |Set LEDs to the given HSV value where `h`/`s`/`v` are between 0 and 255 (not written to EEPROM) |
|
||||
|
||||
### Query Current Status :id=query-current-status
|
||||
|Function |Description |
|
||||
|-----------------------|-----------------|
|
||||
|`rgb_matrix_get_mode()` |Get current mode |
|
||||
|`rgb_matrix_get_hue()` |Get current hue |
|
||||
|`rgb_matrix_get_sat()` |Get current sat |
|
||||
|`rgb_matrix_get_val()` |Get current val |
|
||||
|Function |Description |
|
||||
|---------------------------------|---------------------------|
|
||||
|`rgb_matrix_is_enabled()` |Gets current on/off status |
|
||||
|`rgb_matrix_get_mode()` |Gets current mode |
|
||||
|`rgb_matrix_get_hue()` |Gets current hue |
|
||||
|`rgb_matrix_get_sat()` |Gets current sat |
|
||||
|`rgb_matrix_get_val()` |Gets current val |
|
||||
|`rgb_matrix_get_hsv()` |Gets hue, sat, and val and returns a [`HSV` structure](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/7ba6456c0b2e041bb9f97dbed265c5b8b4b12192/quantum/color.h#L56-L61)|
|
||||
|`rgb_matrix_get_speed()` |Gets current speed |
|
||||
|`rgb_matrix_get_suspend_state()` |Gets current suspend state |
|
||||
|
||||
## Callbacks :id=callbacks
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -94,6 +94,7 @@ if `RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_xxxx` or `RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS` is defined, you also have a n
|
||||
|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_STATIC_GRADIENT`| 0,1,..,9 |Static gradient |
|
||||
|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_RGB_TEST` | *None* |RGB Test |
|
||||
|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_ALTERNATING` | *None* |Alternating |
|
||||
|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_TWINKLE` | 0,1,2,3,4,5 |Twinkle |
|
||||
|
||||
Check out [this video](https://youtube.com/watch?v=VKrpPAHlisY) for a demonstration.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -103,8 +104,8 @@ Note: For versions older than 0.6.117, The mode numbers were written directly. I
|
||||
|
||||
Use these defines to add or remove animations from the firmware. When you are running low on flash space, it can be helpful to disable animations you are not using.
|
||||
|
||||
|Define |Default |Description |
|
||||
|------------------------------------|-------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
|Define |Default |Description |
|
||||
|------------------------------------|-------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
|`RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS` |*Not defined*|Enable all additional animation modes. |
|
||||
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_ALTERNATING` |*Not defined*|Enable alternating animation mode. |
|
||||
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_BREATHING` |*Not defined*|Enable breathing animation mode. |
|
||||
@@ -115,6 +116,7 @@ Use these defines to add or remove animations from the firmware. When you are ru
|
||||
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_RGB_TEST` |*Not defined*|Enable RGB test animation mode. |
|
||||
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_SNAKE` |*Not defined*|Enable snake animation mode. |
|
||||
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_STATIC_GRADIENT` |*Not defined*|Enable static gradient mode. |
|
||||
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_TWINKLE` |*Not defined*|Enable twinkle animation mode. |
|
||||
|
||||
### Effect and Animation Settings
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -131,6 +133,8 @@ The following options are used to tweak the various animations:
|
||||
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_KNIGHT_OFFSET` |`0` |The number of LEDs to start the "Knight" animation from the start of the strip by |
|
||||
|`RGBLIGHT_RAINBOW_SWIRL_RANGE` |`255` |Range adjustment for the rainbow swirl effect to get different swirls |
|
||||
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_SNAKE_LENGTH` |`4` |The number of LEDs to light up for the "Snake" animation |
|
||||
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_TWINKLE_LIFE` |`75` |Adjusts how quickly each LED brightens and dims when twinkling (in animation steps) |
|
||||
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_TWINKLE_PROBABILITY`|`1/127` |Adjusts how likely each LED is to twinkle (on each animation step) |
|
||||
|
||||
### Example Usage to Reduce Memory Footprint
|
||||
1. Remove `RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS` from `config.h`.
|
||||
@@ -168,6 +172,9 @@ const uint8_t RGBLED_SNAKE_INTERVALS[] PROGMEM = {100, 50, 20};
|
||||
// How long (in milliseconds) to wait between animation steps for each of the "Knight" animations
|
||||
const uint8_t RGBLED_KNIGHT_INTERVALS[] PROGMEM = {127, 63, 31};
|
||||
|
||||
// How long (in milliseconds) to wait between animation steps for each of the "Twinkle" animations
|
||||
const uint8_t RGBLED_TWINKLE_INTERVALS[] PROGMEM = {50, 25, 10};
|
||||
|
||||
// These control which hues are selected for each of the "Static gradient" modes
|
||||
const uint8_t RGBLED_GRADIENT_RANGES[] PROGMEM = {255, 170, 127, 85, 64};
|
||||
```
|
||||
@@ -177,6 +184,10 @@ const uint8_t RGBLED_GRADIENT_RANGES[] PROGMEM = {255, 170, 127, 85, 64};
|
||||
By including `#define RGBLIGHT_LAYERS` in your `config.h` file you can enable lighting layers. These make
|
||||
it easy to use your underglow LEDs as status indicators to show which keyboard layer is currently active, or the state of caps lock, all without disrupting any animations. [Here's a video](https://youtu.be/uLGE1epbmdY) showing an example of what you can do.
|
||||
|
||||
### Defining Lighting Layers :id=defining-lighting-layers
|
||||
|
||||
By default, 8 layers are possible. This can be expanded to as many as 32 by overriding the definition of `RGBLIGHT_MAX_LAYERS` in `config.h` (e.g. `#define RGBLIGHT_MAX_LAYERS 32`). Please note, if you use a split keyboard, you will need to flash both sides of the split after changing this. Also, increasing the maximum will increase the firmware size, and will slow sync on split keyboards.
|
||||
|
||||
To define a layer, we modify `keymap.c` to list out LED ranges and the colors we want to overlay on them using an array of `rgblight_segment_t` using the `RGBLIGHT_LAYER_SEGMENTS` macro. We can define multiple layers and enable/disable them independently:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
@@ -211,8 +222,12 @@ void keyboard_post_init_user(void) {
|
||||
rgblight_layers = my_rgb_layers;
|
||||
}
|
||||
```
|
||||
Note: For split keyboards with two controllers, both sides need to be flashed when updating the contents of rgblight_layers.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, we enable and disable the lighting layers whenever the state of the keyboard changes:
|
||||
### Enabling and disabling lighting layers :id=enabling-lighting-layers
|
||||
|
||||
Everything above just configured the definition of each lighting layer.
|
||||
We can now enable and disable the lighting layers whenever the state of the keyboard changes:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
layer_state_t layer_state_set_user(layer_state_t state) {
|
||||
@@ -228,7 +243,44 @@ bool led_update_user(led_t led_state) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Note: For split keyboards with two controllers, both sides need to be flashed when updating the contents of rgblight_layers.
|
||||
### Lighting layer blink :id=lighting-layer-blink
|
||||
|
||||
By including `#define RGBLIGHT_LAYER_BLINK` in your `config.h` file you can turn a lighting
|
||||
layer on for a specified duration. Once the specified number of milliseconds has elapsed
|
||||
the layer will be turned off. This is useful, e.g., if you want to acknowledge some
|
||||
action (e.g. toggling some setting):
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
const rgblight_segment_t PROGMEM _yes_layer[] = RGBLIGHT_LAYER_SEGMENTS( {9, 6, HSV_GREEN} );
|
||||
const rgblight_segment_t PROGMEM _no_layer[] = RGBLIGHT_LAYER_SEGMENTS( {9, 6, HSV_RED} );
|
||||
|
||||
const rgblight_segment_t* const PROGMEM _rgb_layers[] =
|
||||
RGBLIGHT_LAYERS_LIST( _yes_layer, _no_layer );
|
||||
|
||||
void keyboard_post_init_user(void) {
|
||||
rgblight_layers = _rgb_layers;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Note we user post_process_record_user because we want the state
|
||||
// after the flag has been flipped...
|
||||
void post_process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
|
||||
switch (keycode) {
|
||||
case DEBUG:
|
||||
rgblight_blink_layer(debug_enable ? 0 : 1, 500);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case NK_TOGG:
|
||||
case NK_ON:
|
||||
case NK_OFF:
|
||||
rgblight_blink_layer(keymap_config.nkro ? 0 : 1, 500);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Overriding RGB Lighting on/off status
|
||||
|
||||
Normally lighting layers are not shown when RGB Lighting is disabled (e.g. with `RGB_TOG` keycode). If you would like lighting layers to work even when the RGB Lighting is otherwise off, add `#define RGBLIGHT_LAYERS_OVERRIDE_RGB_OFF` to your `config.h`.
|
||||
|
||||
## Functions
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -328,12 +380,14 @@ rgblight_sethsv(HSV_GREEN, 2); // led 2
|
||||
|`rgblight_set_layer_state(i, is_on)` |Enable or disable lighting layer `i` based on value of `bool is_on` |
|
||||
|
||||
#### query
|
||||
|Function |Description |
|
||||
|-----------------------|-----------------|
|
||||
|`rgblight_get_mode()` |Get current mode |
|
||||
|`rgblight_get_hue()` |Get current hue |
|
||||
|`rgblight_get_sat()` |Get current sat |
|
||||
|`rgblight_get_val()` |Get current val |
|
||||
|Function |Description |
|
||||
|-----------------------|---------------------------|
|
||||
|`rgblight_is_enabled()`|Gets current on/off status |
|
||||
|`rgblight_get_mode()` |Gets current mode |
|
||||
|`rgblight_get_hue()` |Gets current hue |
|
||||
|`rgblight_get_sat()` |Gets current sat |
|
||||
|`rgblight_get_val()` |Gets current val |
|
||||
|`rgblight_get_speed()` |Gets current speed |
|
||||
|
||||
## Colors
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -8,9 +8,20 @@ QMK Firmware has a generic implementation that is usable by any board, as well a
|
||||
|
||||
For this, we will mostly be talking about the generic implementation used by the Let's Split and other keyboards.
|
||||
|
||||
!> ARM is not yet supported for Split Keyboards. Progress is being made, but we are not quite there, yet.
|
||||
!> ARM is not yet fully supported for Split Keyboards and has many limitations. Progress is being made, but we have not yet reached 100% feature parity.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Compatibility Overview
|
||||
|
||||
| Transport | AVR | ARM |
|
||||
|------------------------------|--------------------|--------------------|
|
||||
| ['serial'](serial_driver.md) | :heavy_check_mark: | :white_check_mark: <sup>1</sup> |
|
||||
| I2C | :heavy_check_mark: | |
|
||||
|
||||
Notes:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Both hardware and software limitations are detailed within the [driver documentation](serial_driver.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## Hardware Configuration
|
||||
|
||||
This assumes that you're using two Pro Micro-compatible controllers, and are using TRRS jacks to connect to two halves.
|
||||
|
@@ -28,3 +28,4 @@ Note that the array indices are reversed same as the matrix and the values are o
|
||||
|`SH_MOFF` |Momentarily turns off swap. |
|
||||
|`SH_TG` |Toggles swap on and off with every key press. |
|
||||
|`SH_TT` |Toggles with a tap; momentary when held. |
|
||||
|`SH_OS` |One shot swap hands: toggles while pressed or until next key press. |
|
||||
|
@@ -1,31 +1,24 @@
|
||||
# Tap Dance: A Single Key Can Do 3, 5, or 100 Different Things
|
||||
|
||||
## Introduction
|
||||
## Introduction :id=introduction
|
||||
|
||||
Hit the semicolon key once, send a semicolon. Hit it twice, rapidly -- send a colon. Hit it three times, and your keyboard's LEDs do a wild dance. That's just one example of what Tap Dance can do. It's one of the nicest community-contributed features in the firmware, conceived and created by [algernon](https://github.com/algernon) in [#451](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/451). Here's how algernon describes the feature:
|
||||
|
||||
With this feature one can specify keys that behave differently, based on the amount of times they have been tapped, and when interrupted, they get handled before the interrupter.
|
||||
|
||||
## Explanatory Comparison with `ACTION_FUNCTION_TAP`
|
||||
`ACTION_FUNCTION_TAP` can offer similar functionality to Tap Dance, but it's worth noting some important differences. To do this, let's explore a certain setup! We want one key to send `Space` on single-tap, but `Enter` on double-tap.
|
||||
## How to Use Tap Dance :id=how-to-use
|
||||
|
||||
With `ACTION_FUNCTION_TAP`, it is quite a rain-dance to set this up, and has the problem that when the sequence is interrupted, the interrupting key will be sent first. Thus, `SPC a` will result in `a SPC` being sent, if `SPC` and `a` are both typed within `TAPPING_TERM`. With the Tap Dance feature, that'll come out correctly as `SPC a` (even if both `SPC` and `a` are typed within the `TAPPING_TERM`.
|
||||
|
||||
To achieve this correct handling of interrupts, the implementation of Tap Dance hooks into two parts of the system: `process_record_quantum()`, and the matrix scan. These two parts are explained below, but for now the point to note is that we need the latter to be able to time out a tap sequence even when a key is not being pressed. That way, `SPC` alone will time out and register after `TAPPING_TERM` time.
|
||||
|
||||
## How to Use Tap Dance
|
||||
But enough of the generalities; lets look at how to actually use Tap Dance!
|
||||
|
||||
First, you will need `TAP_DANCE_ENABLE=yes` in your `rules.mk`, because the feature is disabled by default. This adds a little less than 1k to the firmware size.
|
||||
First, you will need `TAP_DANCE_ENABLE = yes` in your `rules.mk`, because the feature is disabled by default. This adds a little less than 1k to the firmware size.
|
||||
|
||||
Optionally, you might want to set a custom `TAPPING_TERM` time by adding something like this in you `config.h`:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define TAPPING_TERM 175
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
The `TAPPING_TERM` time is the maximum time allowed between taps of your Tap Dance key, and is measured in milliseconds. For example, if you used the above `#define` statement and set up a Tap Dance key that sends `Space` on single-tap and `Enter` on double-tap, then this key will send `ENT` only if you tap this key twice in less than 175ms. If you tap the key, wait more than 175ms, and tap the key again you'll end up sending `SPC SPC` instead.
|
||||
The `TAPPING_TERM` time is the maximum time allowed between taps of your Tap Dance key, and is measured in milliseconds. For example, if you used the above `#define` statement and set up a Tap Dance key that sends `Space` on single-tap and `Enter` on double-tap, then this key will send `ENT` only if you tap this key twice in less than 175ms. If you tap the key, wait more than 175ms, and tap the key again you'll end up sending `SPC SPC` instead.
|
||||
|
||||
Next, you will want to define some tap-dance keys, which is easiest to do with the `TD()` macro, that - similar to `F()` - takes a number, which will later be used as an index into the `tap_dance_actions` array.
|
||||
Next, you will want to define some tap-dance keys, which is easiest to do with the `TD()` macro, that takes a number which will later be used as an index into the `tap_dance_actions` array.
|
||||
|
||||
After this, you'll want to use the `tap_dance_actions` array to specify what actions shall be taken when a tap-dance key is in action. Currently, there are five possible options:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -43,11 +36,12 @@ The first option is enough for a lot of cases, that just want dual roles. For ex
|
||||
|
||||
Similar to the first option, the second option is good for simple layer-switching cases.
|
||||
|
||||
For more complicated cases, use the third or fourth options (examples of each are listed below).
|
||||
For more complicated cases, use the third or fourth options (examples of each are listed below).
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, the fifth option is particularly useful if your non-Tap-Dance keys start behaving weirdly after adding the code for your Tap Dance keys. The likely problem is that you changed the `TAPPING_TERM` time to make your Tap Dance keys easier for you to use, and that this has changed the way your other keys handle interrupts.
|
||||
|
||||
## Implementation Details
|
||||
## Implementation Details :id=implementation
|
||||
|
||||
Well, that's the bulk of it! You should now be able to work through the examples below, and to develop your own Tap Dance functionality. But if you want a deeper understanding of what's going on behind the scenes, then read on for the explanation of how it all works!
|
||||
|
||||
The main entry point is `process_tap_dance()`, called from `process_record_quantum()`, which is run for every keypress, and our handler gets to run early. This function checks whether the key pressed is a tap-dance key. If it is not, and a tap-dance was in action, we handle that first, and enqueue the newly pressed key. If it is a tap-dance key, then we check if it is the same as the already active one (if there's one active, that is). If it is not, we fire off the old one first, then register the new one. If it was the same, we increment the counter and reset the timer.
|
||||
@@ -58,9 +52,9 @@ Our next stop is `matrix_scan_tap_dance()`. This handles the timeout of tap-danc
|
||||
|
||||
For the sake of flexibility, tap-dance actions can be either a pair of keycodes, or a user function. The latter allows one to handle higher tap counts, or do extra things, like blink the LEDs, fiddle with the backlighting, and so on. This is accomplished by using an union, and some clever macros.
|
||||
|
||||
# Examples
|
||||
## Examples :id=examples
|
||||
|
||||
## Simple Example
|
||||
### Simple Example :id=simple-example
|
||||
|
||||
Here's a simple example for a single definition:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -69,23 +63,26 @@ Here's a simple example for a single definition:
|
||||
3. In your `keymap.c` file, define the variables and definitions, then add to your keymap:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
//Tap Dance Declarations
|
||||
// Tap Dance declarations
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
TD_ESC_CAPS = 0
|
||||
TD_ESC_CAPS,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//Tap Dance Definitions
|
||||
// Tap Dance definitions
|
||||
qk_tap_dance_action_t tap_dance_actions[] = {
|
||||
//Tap once for Esc, twice for Caps Lock
|
||||
[TD_ESC_CAPS] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE(KC_ESC, KC_CAPS)
|
||||
// Other declarations would go here, separated by commas, if you have them
|
||||
// Tap once for Escape, twice for Caps Lock
|
||||
[TD_ESC_CAPS] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE(KC_ESC, KC_CAPS),
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//In Layer declaration, add tap dance item in place of a key code
|
||||
TD(TD_ESC_CAPS)
|
||||
// Add tap dance item in place of a key code
|
||||
const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
|
||||
// ...
|
||||
TD(TD_ESC_CAPS)
|
||||
// ...
|
||||
};
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
## Complex Examples
|
||||
### Complex Examples :id=complex-examples
|
||||
|
||||
This section details several complex tap dance examples.
|
||||
All the enums used in the examples are declared like this:
|
||||
@@ -93,104 +90,105 @@ All the enums used in the examples are declared like this:
|
||||
```c
|
||||
// Enums defined for all examples:
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
CT_SE = 0,
|
||||
CT_CLN,
|
||||
CT_EGG,
|
||||
CT_FLSH,
|
||||
X_TAP_DANCE
|
||||
CT_SE,
|
||||
CT_CLN,
|
||||
CT_EGG,
|
||||
CT_FLSH,
|
||||
X_TAP_DANCE
|
||||
};
|
||||
```
|
||||
### Example 1: Send `:` on Single Tap, `;` on Double Tap
|
||||
|
||||
#### Example 1: Send `:` on Single Tap, `;` on Double Tap :id=example-1
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
void dance_cln_finished (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
|
||||
if (state->count == 1) {
|
||||
register_code (KC_RSFT);
|
||||
register_code (KC_SCLN);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
register_code (KC_SCLN);
|
||||
}
|
||||
void dance_cln_finished(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
|
||||
if (state->count == 1) {
|
||||
register_code16(KC_COLN);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
register_code(KC_SCLN);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void dance_cln_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
|
||||
if (state->count == 1) {
|
||||
unregister_code (KC_RSFT);
|
||||
unregister_code (KC_SCLN);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
unregister_code (KC_SCLN);
|
||||
}
|
||||
void dance_cln_reset(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
|
||||
if (state->count == 1) {
|
||||
unregister_code16(KC_COLN);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
unregister_code(KC_SCLN);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//All tap dance functions would go here. Only showing this one.
|
||||
// All tap dance functions would go here. Only showing this one.
|
||||
qk_tap_dance_action_t tap_dance_actions[] = {
|
||||
[CT_CLN] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED (NULL, dance_cln_finished, dance_cln_reset)
|
||||
[CT_CLN] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED(NULL, dance_cln_finished, dance_cln_reset),
|
||||
};
|
||||
```
|
||||
### Example 2: Send "Safety Dance!" After 100 Taps
|
||||
|
||||
#### Example 2: Send "Safety Dance!" After 100 Taps :id=example-2
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
void dance_egg (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
|
||||
if (state->count >= 100) {
|
||||
SEND_STRING ("Safety dance!");
|
||||
reset_tap_dance (state);
|
||||
}
|
||||
void dance_egg(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
|
||||
if (state->count >= 100) {
|
||||
SEND_STRING("Safety dance!");
|
||||
reset_tap_dance(state);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
qk_tap_dance_action_t tap_dance_actions[] = {
|
||||
[CT_EGG] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN (dance_egg)
|
||||
[CT_EGG] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN(dance_egg),
|
||||
};
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Example 3: Turn LED Lights On Then Off, One at a Time
|
||||
#### Example 3: Turn LED Lights On Then Off, One at a Time :id=example-3
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
// on each tap, light up one led, from right to left
|
||||
// on the forth tap, turn them off from right to left
|
||||
// On each tap, light up one LED, from right to left
|
||||
// On the fourth tap, turn them off from right to left
|
||||
void dance_flsh_each(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
|
||||
switch (state->count) {
|
||||
case 1:
|
||||
ergodox_right_led_3_on();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 2:
|
||||
ergodox_right_led_2_on();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 3:
|
||||
ergodox_right_led_1_on();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 4:
|
||||
ergodox_right_led_3_off();
|
||||
_delay_ms(50);
|
||||
ergodox_right_led_2_off();
|
||||
_delay_ms(50);
|
||||
ergodox_right_led_1_off();
|
||||
}
|
||||
switch (state->count) {
|
||||
case 1:
|
||||
ergodox_right_led_3_on();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 2:
|
||||
ergodox_right_led_2_on();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 3:
|
||||
ergodox_right_led_1_on();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 4:
|
||||
ergodox_right_led_3_off();
|
||||
wait_ms(50);
|
||||
ergodox_right_led_2_off();
|
||||
wait_ms(50);
|
||||
ergodox_right_led_1_off();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// on the fourth tap, set the keyboard on flash state
|
||||
// On the fourth tap, set the keyboard on flash state
|
||||
void dance_flsh_finished(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
|
||||
if (state->count >= 4) {
|
||||
reset_keyboard();
|
||||
reset_tap_dance(state);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (state->count >= 4) {
|
||||
reset_keyboard();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// if the flash state didn't happen, then turn off LEDs, left to right
|
||||
// If the flash state didn't happen, then turn off LEDs, left to right
|
||||
void dance_flsh_reset(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
|
||||
ergodox_right_led_1_off();
|
||||
_delay_ms(50);
|
||||
ergodox_right_led_2_off();
|
||||
_delay_ms(50);
|
||||
ergodox_right_led_3_off();
|
||||
ergodox_right_led_1_off();
|
||||
wait_ms(50);
|
||||
ergodox_right_led_2_off();
|
||||
wait_ms(50);
|
||||
ergodox_right_led_3_off();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//All tap dances now put together. Example 3 is "CT_FLASH"
|
||||
// All tap dances now put together. Example 3 is "CT_FLASH"
|
||||
qk_tap_dance_action_t tap_dance_actions[] = {
|
||||
[CT_SE] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE (KC_SPC, KC_ENT)
|
||||
,[CT_CLN] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED (NULL, dance_cln_finished, dance_cln_reset)
|
||||
,[CT_EGG] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN (dance_egg)
|
||||
,[CT_FLSH] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED (dance_flsh_each, dance_flsh_finished, dance_flsh_reset)
|
||||
[CT_SE] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE(KC_SPC, KC_ENT),
|
||||
[CT_CLN] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED(NULL, dance_cln_finished, dance_cln_reset),
|
||||
[CT_EGG] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN(dance_egg),
|
||||
[CT_FLSH] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED(dance_flsh_each, dance_flsh_finished, dance_flsh_reset)
|
||||
};
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Example 4: 'Quad Function Tap-Dance'
|
||||
#### Example 4: 'Quad Function Tap-Dance' :id=example-4
|
||||
|
||||
By [DanielGGordon](https://github.com/danielggordon)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -201,40 +199,37 @@ Below is a specific example:
|
||||
* Double Tap = Send `Escape`
|
||||
* Double Tap and Hold = Send `Alt`
|
||||
|
||||
## Setup
|
||||
|
||||
You will need a few things that can be used for 'Quad Function Tap-Dance'.
|
||||
|
||||
You'll need to add these to the top of your `keymap.c` file, before your keymap.
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
bool is_press_action;
|
||||
int state;
|
||||
bool is_press_action;
|
||||
uint8_t state;
|
||||
} tap;
|
||||
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
SINGLE_TAP = 1,
|
||||
SINGLE_HOLD = 2,
|
||||
DOUBLE_TAP = 3,
|
||||
DOUBLE_HOLD = 4,
|
||||
DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP = 5, //send two single taps
|
||||
TRIPLE_TAP = 6,
|
||||
TRIPLE_HOLD = 7
|
||||
SINGLE_TAP = 1,
|
||||
SINGLE_HOLD,
|
||||
DOUBLE_TAP,
|
||||
DOUBLE_HOLD,
|
||||
DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP, // Send two single taps
|
||||
TRIPLE_TAP,
|
||||
TRIPLE_HOLD
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//Tap dance enums
|
||||
// Tap dance enums
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
X_CTL = 0,
|
||||
SOME_OTHER_DANCE
|
||||
X_CTL,
|
||||
SOME_OTHER_DANCE
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int cur_dance (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state);
|
||||
|
||||
//for the x tap dance. Put it here so it can be used in any keymap
|
||||
void x_finished (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data);
|
||||
void x_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data);
|
||||
uint8_t cur_dance(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state);
|
||||
|
||||
// For the x tap dance. Put it here so it can be used in any keymap
|
||||
void x_finished(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data);
|
||||
void x_reset(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data);
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Now, at the bottom of your `keymap.c` file, you'll need to add the following:
|
||||
@@ -267,65 +262,62 @@ Now, at the bottom of your `keymap.c` file, you'll need to add the following:
|
||||
* For the third point, there does exist the 'DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP', however this is not fully tested
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int cur_dance (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state) {
|
||||
if (state->count == 1) {
|
||||
if (state->interrupted || !state->pressed) return SINGLE_TAP;
|
||||
//key has not been interrupted, but they key is still held. Means you want to send a 'HOLD'.
|
||||
else return SINGLE_HOLD;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (state->count == 2) {
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP is to distinguish between typing "pepper", and actually wanting a double tap
|
||||
* action when hitting 'pp'. Suggested use case for this return value is when you want to send two
|
||||
* keystrokes of the key, and not the 'double tap' action/macro.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (state->interrupted) return DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP;
|
||||
else if (state->pressed) return DOUBLE_HOLD;
|
||||
else return DOUBLE_TAP;
|
||||
}
|
||||
//Assumes no one is trying to type the same letter three times (at least not quickly).
|
||||
//If your tap dance key is 'KC_W', and you want to type "www." quickly - then you will need to add
|
||||
//an exception here to return a 'TRIPLE_SINGLE_TAP', and define that enum just like 'DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP'
|
||||
if (state->count == 3) {
|
||||
if (state->interrupted || !state->pressed) return TRIPLE_TAP;
|
||||
else return TRIPLE_HOLD;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else return 8; //magic number. At some point this method will expand to work for more presses
|
||||
uint8_t cur_dance(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state) {
|
||||
if (state->count == 1) {
|
||||
if (state->interrupted || !state->pressed) return SINGLE_TAP;
|
||||
// Key has not been interrupted, but the key is still held. Means you want to send a 'HOLD'.
|
||||
else return SINGLE_HOLD;
|
||||
} else if (state->count == 2) {
|
||||
// DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP is to distinguish between typing "pepper", and actually wanting a double tap
|
||||
// action when hitting 'pp'. Suggested use case for this return value is when you want to send two
|
||||
// keystrokes of the key, and not the 'double tap' action/macro.
|
||||
if (state->interrupted) return DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP;
|
||||
else if (state->pressed) return DOUBLE_HOLD;
|
||||
else return DOUBLE_TAP;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Assumes no one is trying to type the same letter three times (at least not quickly).
|
||||
// If your tap dance key is 'KC_W', and you want to type "www." quickly - then you will need to add
|
||||
// an exception here to return a 'TRIPLE_SINGLE_TAP', and define that enum just like 'DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP'
|
||||
if (state->count == 3) {
|
||||
if (state->interrupted || !state->pressed) return TRIPLE_TAP;
|
||||
else return TRIPLE_HOLD;
|
||||
} else return 8; // Magic number. At some point this method will expand to work for more presses
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//instanalize an instance of 'tap' for the 'x' tap dance.
|
||||
// Create an instance of 'tap' for the 'x' tap dance.
|
||||
static tap xtap_state = {
|
||||
.is_press_action = true,
|
||||
.state = 0
|
||||
.is_press_action = true,
|
||||
.state = 0
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void x_finished (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
|
||||
xtap_state.state = cur_dance(state);
|
||||
switch (xtap_state.state) {
|
||||
case SINGLE_TAP: register_code(KC_X); break;
|
||||
case SINGLE_HOLD: register_code(KC_LCTRL); break;
|
||||
case DOUBLE_TAP: register_code(KC_ESC); break;
|
||||
case DOUBLE_HOLD: register_code(KC_LALT); break;
|
||||
case DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP: register_code(KC_X); unregister_code(KC_X); register_code(KC_X);
|
||||
//Last case is for fast typing. Assuming your key is `f`:
|
||||
//For example, when typing the word `buffer`, and you want to make sure that you send `ff` and not `Esc`.
|
||||
//In order to type `ff` when typing fast, the next character will have to be hit within the `TAPPING_TERM`, which by default is 200ms.
|
||||
}
|
||||
void x_finished(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
|
||||
xtap_state.state = cur_dance(state);
|
||||
switch (xtap_state.state) {
|
||||
case SINGLE_TAP: register_code(KC_X); break;
|
||||
case SINGLE_HOLD: register_code(KC_LCTRL); break;
|
||||
case DOUBLE_TAP: register_code(KC_ESC); break;
|
||||
case DOUBLE_HOLD: register_code(KC_LALT); break;
|
||||
// Last case is for fast typing. Assuming your key is `f`:
|
||||
// For example, when typing the word `buffer`, and you want to make sure that you send `ff` and not `Esc`.
|
||||
// In order to type `ff` when typing fast, the next character will have to be hit within the `TAPPING_TERM`, which by default is 200ms.
|
||||
case DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP: tap_code(KC_X); register_code(KC_X);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void x_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
|
||||
switch (xtap_state.state) {
|
||||
case SINGLE_TAP: unregister_code(KC_X); break;
|
||||
case SINGLE_HOLD: unregister_code(KC_LCTRL); break;
|
||||
case DOUBLE_TAP: unregister_code(KC_ESC); break;
|
||||
case DOUBLE_HOLD: unregister_code(KC_LALT);
|
||||
case DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP: unregister_code(KC_X);
|
||||
}
|
||||
xtap_state.state = 0;
|
||||
void x_reset(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
|
||||
switch (xtap_state.state) {
|
||||
case SINGLE_TAP: unregister_code(KC_X); break;
|
||||
case SINGLE_HOLD: unregister_code(KC_LCTRL); break;
|
||||
case DOUBLE_TAP: unregister_code(KC_ESC); break;
|
||||
case DOUBLE_HOLD: unregister_code(KC_LALT);
|
||||
case DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP: unregister_code(KC_X);
|
||||
}
|
||||
xtap_state.state = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
qk_tap_dance_action_t tap_dance_actions[] = {
|
||||
[X_CTL] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED(NULL,x_finished, x_reset)
|
||||
[X_CTL] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED(NULL, x_finished, x_reset)
|
||||
};
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -335,90 +327,91 @@ If you want to implement this in your userspace, then you may want to check out
|
||||
|
||||
> In this configuration "hold" takes place **after** tap dance timeout (see `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED_TIME`). To achieve instant hold, remove `state->interrupted` checks in conditions. As a result you may use comfortable longer tapping periods to have more time for taps and not to wait too long for holds (try starting with doubled `TAPPING_TERM`).
|
||||
|
||||
### Example 5: Using tap dance for advanced mod-tap and layer-tap keys :id=example-5-using-tap-dance-for-advanced-mod-tap-and-layer-tap-keys
|
||||
#### Example 5: Using tap dance for advanced mod-tap and layer-tap keys :id=example-5
|
||||
|
||||
Tap dance can be used to emulate `MT()` and `LT()` behavior when the tapped code is not a basic keycode. This is useful to send tapped keycodes that normally require `Shift`, such as parentheses or curly braces—or other modified keycodes, such as `Control + X`.
|
||||
|
||||
Below your layers and custom keycodes, add the following:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
// tapdance keycodes
|
||||
// Tap Dance keycodes
|
||||
enum td_keycodes {
|
||||
ALT_LP // Our example key: `LALT` when held, `(` when tapped. Add additional keycodes for each tapdance.
|
||||
ALT_LP // Our example key: `LALT` when held, `(` when tapped. Add additional keycodes for each tapdance.
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// define a type containing as many tapdance states as you need
|
||||
// Define a type containing as many tapdance states as you need
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
SINGLE_TAP,
|
||||
SINGLE_HOLD,
|
||||
DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP
|
||||
SINGLE_TAP,
|
||||
SINGLE_HOLD,
|
||||
DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP
|
||||
} td_state_t;
|
||||
|
||||
// create a global instance of the tapdance state type
|
||||
// Create a global instance of the tapdance state type
|
||||
static td_state_t td_state;
|
||||
|
||||
// declare your tapdance functions:
|
||||
// Declare your tapdance functions:
|
||||
|
||||
// function to determine the current tapdance state
|
||||
int cur_dance (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state);
|
||||
// Function to determine the current tapdance state
|
||||
uint8_t cur_dance(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state);
|
||||
|
||||
// `finished` and `reset` functions for each tapdance keycode
|
||||
void altlp_finished (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data);
|
||||
void altlp_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data);
|
||||
void altlp_finished(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data);
|
||||
void altlp_reset(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data);
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Below your `LAYOUT`, define each of the tapdance functions:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
// determine the tapdance state to return
|
||||
int cur_dance (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state) {
|
||||
if (state->count == 1) {
|
||||
if (state->interrupted || !state->pressed) { return SINGLE_TAP; }
|
||||
else { return SINGLE_HOLD; }
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (state->count == 2) { return DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP; }
|
||||
else { return 3; } // any number higher than the maximum state value you return above
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// handle the possible states for each tapdance keycode you define:
|
||||
// Determine the tapdance state to return
|
||||
uint8_t cur_dance(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state) {
|
||||
if (state->count == 1) {
|
||||
if (state->interrupted || !state->pressed) return SINGLE_TAP;
|
||||
else return SINGLE_HOLD;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void altlp_finished (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
|
||||
td_state = cur_dance(state);
|
||||
switch (td_state) {
|
||||
case SINGLE_TAP:
|
||||
register_code16(KC_LPRN);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SINGLE_HOLD:
|
||||
register_mods(MOD_BIT(KC_LALT)); // for a layer-tap key, use `layer_on(_MY_LAYER)` here
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP: // allow nesting of 2 parens `((` within tapping term
|
||||
tap_code16(KC_LPRN);
|
||||
register_code16(KC_LPRN);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (state->count == 2) return DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP;
|
||||
else return 3; // Any number higher than the maximum state value you return above
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void altlp_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
|
||||
switch (td_state) {
|
||||
case SINGLE_TAP:
|
||||
unregister_code16(KC_LPRN);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SINGLE_HOLD:
|
||||
unregister_mods(MOD_BIT(KC_LALT)); // for a layer-tap key, use `layer_off(_MY_LAYER)` here
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP:
|
||||
unregister_code16(KC_LPRN);
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Handle the possible states for each tapdance keycode you define:
|
||||
|
||||
void altlp_finished(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
|
||||
td_state = cur_dance(state);
|
||||
switch (td_state) {
|
||||
case SINGLE_TAP:
|
||||
register_code16(KC_LPRN);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SINGLE_HOLD:
|
||||
register_mods(MOD_BIT(KC_LALT)); // For a layer-tap key, use `layer_on(_MY_LAYER)` here
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP: // Allow nesting of 2 parens `((` within tapping term
|
||||
tap_code16(KC_LPRN);
|
||||
register_code16(KC_LPRN);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// define `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED()` for each tapdance keycode, passing in `finished` and `reset` functions
|
||||
void altlp_reset(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
|
||||
switch (td_state) {
|
||||
case SINGLE_TAP:
|
||||
unregister_code16(KC_LPRN);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SINGLE_HOLD:
|
||||
unregister_mods(MOD_BIT(KC_LALT)); // For a layer-tap key, use `layer_off(_MY_LAYER)` here
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP:
|
||||
unregister_code16(KC_LPRN);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Define `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED()` for each tapdance keycode, passing in `finished` and `reset` functions
|
||||
qk_tap_dance_action_t tap_dance_actions[] = {
|
||||
[ALT_LP] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED(NULL, altlp_finished, altlp_reset)
|
||||
[ALT_LP] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED(NULL, altlp_finished, altlp_reset)
|
||||
};
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Wrap each tapdance keycode in `TD()` when including it in your keymap, e.g. `TD(ALT_LP)`.
|
||||
|
||||
### Example 6: Using tap dance for momentary-layer-switch and layer-toggle keys
|
||||
#### Example 6: Using tap dance for momentary-layer-switch and layer-toggle keys :id=example-6
|
||||
|
||||
Tap Dance can be used to mimic MO(layer) and TG(layer) functionality. For this example, we will set up a key to function as `KC_QUOT` on single-tap, as `MO(_MY_LAYER)` on single-hold, and `TG(_MY_LAYER)` on double-tap.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -426,97 +419,92 @@ The first step is to include the following code towards the beginning of your `k
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
bool is_press_action;
|
||||
int state;
|
||||
bool is_press_action;
|
||||
uint8_t state;
|
||||
} tap;
|
||||
|
||||
//Define a type for as many tap dance states as you need
|
||||
// Define a type for as many tap dance states as you need
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
SINGLE_TAP = 1,
|
||||
SINGLE_HOLD = 2,
|
||||
DOUBLE_TAP = 3
|
||||
SINGLE_TAP = 1,
|
||||
SINGLE_HOLD,
|
||||
DOUBLE_TAP
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
QUOT_LAYR = 0 //Our custom tap dance key; add any other tap dance keys to this enum
|
||||
QUOT_LAYR, // Our custom tap dance key; add any other tap dance keys to this enum
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//Declare the functions to be used with your tap dance key(s)
|
||||
// Declare the functions to be used with your tap dance key(s)
|
||||
|
||||
//Function associated with all tap dances
|
||||
int cur_dance (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state);
|
||||
// Function associated with all tap dances
|
||||
uint8_t cur_dance(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state);
|
||||
|
||||
//Functions associated with individual tap dances
|
||||
void ql_finished (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data);
|
||||
void ql_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data);
|
||||
// Functions associated with individual tap dances
|
||||
void ql_finished(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data);
|
||||
void ql_reset(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data);
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Towards the bottom of your `keymap.c`, include the following code:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
//Determine the current tap dance state
|
||||
int cur_dance (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state) {
|
||||
if (state->count == 1) {
|
||||
if (!state->pressed) {
|
||||
return SINGLE_TAP;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return SINGLE_HOLD;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (state->count == 2) {
|
||||
return DOUBLE_TAP;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else return 8;
|
||||
// Determine the current tap dance state
|
||||
uint8_t cur_dance(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state) {
|
||||
if (state->count == 1) {
|
||||
if (!state->pressed) return SINGLE_TAP;
|
||||
else return SINGLE_HOLD;
|
||||
} else if (state->count == 2) return DOUBLE_TAP;
|
||||
else return 8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//Initialize tap structure associated with example tap dance key
|
||||
// Initialize tap structure associated with example tap dance key
|
||||
static tap ql_tap_state = {
|
||||
.is_press_action = true,
|
||||
.state = 0
|
||||
.is_press_action = true,
|
||||
.state = 0
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//Functions that control what our tap dance key does
|
||||
void ql_finished (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
|
||||
ql_tap_state.state = cur_dance(state);
|
||||
switch (ql_tap_state.state) {
|
||||
case SINGLE_TAP:
|
||||
tap_code(KC_QUOT);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SINGLE_HOLD:
|
||||
layer_on(_MY_LAYER);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case DOUBLE_TAP:
|
||||
//check to see if the layer is already set
|
||||
if (layer_state_is(_MY_LAYER)) {
|
||||
//if already set, then switch it off
|
||||
// Functions that control what our tap dance key does
|
||||
void ql_finished(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
|
||||
ql_tap_state.state = cur_dance(state);
|
||||
switch (ql_tap_state.state) {
|
||||
case SINGLE_TAP:
|
||||
tap_code(KC_QUOT);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SINGLE_HOLD:
|
||||
layer_on(_MY_LAYER);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case DOUBLE_TAP:
|
||||
// Check to see if the layer is already set
|
||||
if (layer_state_is(_MY_LAYER)) {
|
||||
// If already set, then switch it off
|
||||
layer_off(_MY_LAYER);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
// If not already set, then switch the layer on
|
||||
layer_on(_MY_LAYER);
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ql_reset(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
|
||||
// If the key was held down and now is released then switch off the layer
|
||||
if (ql_tap_state.state == SINGLE_HOLD) {
|
||||
layer_off(_MY_LAYER);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
//if not already set, then switch the layer on
|
||||
layer_on(_MY_LAYER);
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
ql_tap_state.state = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ql_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
|
||||
//if the key was held down and now is released then switch off the layer
|
||||
if (ql_tap_state.state==SINGLE_HOLD) {
|
||||
layer_off(_MY_LAYER);
|
||||
}
|
||||
ql_tap_state.state = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//Associate our tap dance key with its functionality
|
||||
// Associate our tap dance key with its functionality
|
||||
qk_tap_dance_action_t tap_dance_actions[] = {
|
||||
[QUOT_LAYR] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED_TIME(NULL, ql_finished, ql_reset, 275)
|
||||
[QUOT_LAYR] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED_TIME(NULL, ql_finished, ql_reset, 275)
|
||||
};
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
The above code is similar to that used in previous examples. The one point to note is that we need to be able to check which layers are active at any time so we can toggle them if needed. To do this we use the `layer_state_is( layer )` function which returns `true` if the given `layer` is active.
|
||||
The above code is similar to that used in previous examples. The one point to note is that we need to be able to check which layers are active at any time so we can toggle them if needed. To do this we use the `layer_state_is(layer)` function which returns `true` if the given `layer` is active.
|
||||
|
||||
The use of `cur_dance()` and `ql_tap_state` mirrors the above examples.
|
||||
|
||||
The `case:SINGLE_TAP` in `ql_finished` is similar to the above examples. The `case:SINGLE_HOLD` works in conjunction with `ql_reset()` to switch to `_MY_LAYER` while the tap dance key is held, and to switch away from `_MY_LAYER` when the key is released. This mirrors the use of `MO(_MY_LAYER)`. The `case:DOUBLE_TAP` works by checking whether `_MY_LAYER` is the active layer, and toggling it on or off accordingly. This mirrors the use of `TG(_MY_LAYER)`.
|
||||
The `case:SINGLE_TAP` in `ql_finished` is similar to the above examples. The `SINGLE_HOLD` case works in conjunction with `ql_reset()` to switch to `_MY_LAYER` while the tap dance key is held, and to switch away from `_MY_LAYER` when the key is released. This mirrors the use of `MO(_MY_LAYER)`. The `DOUBLE_TAP` case works by checking whether `_MY_LAYER` is the active layer, and toggling it on or off accordingly. This mirrors the use of `TG(_MY_LAYER)`.
|
||||
|
||||
`tap_dance_actions[]` works similar to the above examples. Note that I used `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED_TIME()` instead of `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED()`. This is because I like my `TAPPING_TERM` to be short (~175ms) for my non-tap-dance keys but find that this is too quick for me to reliably complete tap dance actions - thus the increased time of 275ms here.
|
||||
`tap_dance_actions[]` works similar to the above examples. Note that I used `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED_TIME()` instead of `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED()`. This is because I like my `TAPPING_TERM` to be short (\~175ms) for my non-tap-dance keys but find that this is too quick for me to reliably complete tap dance actions - thus the increased time of 275ms here.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, to get this tap dance key working, be sure to include `TD(QUOT_LAYR)` in your `keymaps[]`.
|
||||
|
@@ -66,13 +66,16 @@ Then define a table like this in your keymap file:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
const qk_ucis_symbol_t ucis_symbol_table[] = UCIS_TABLE(
|
||||
UCIS_SYM("poop", 0x1F4A9), // 💩
|
||||
UCIS_SYM("rofl", 0x1F923), // 🤣
|
||||
UCIS_SYM("kiss", 0x1F619) // 😙
|
||||
UCIS_SYM("poop", 0x1F4A9), // 💩
|
||||
UCIS_SYM("rofl", 0x1F923), // 🤣
|
||||
UCIS_SYM("cuba", 0x1F1E8, 0x1F1FA), // 🇨🇺
|
||||
UCIS_SYM("look", 0x0CA0, 0x005F, 0x0CA0), // ಠ_ಠ
|
||||
);
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
To use it, call `qk_ucis_start()`. Then, type the mnemonic for the character (such as "rofl"), and hit Space or Enter. QMK should erase the "rofl" text and insert the laughing emoji.
|
||||
By default, each table entry may be up to 3 code points long. This number can be changed by adding `#define UCIS_MAX_CODE_POINTS n` to your `config.h` file.
|
||||
|
||||
To use UCIS input, call `qk_ucis_start()`. Then, type the mnemonic for the character (such as "rofl") and hit Space, Enter or Esc. QMK should erase the "rofl" text and insert the laughing emoji.
|
||||
|
||||
### Customization
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -90,7 +93,7 @@ Unicode input in QMK works by inputting a sequence of characters to the OS, sort
|
||||
|
||||
The following input modes are available:
|
||||
|
||||
* **`UC_MAC`**: macOS built-in Unicode hex input. Supports code points up to `0xFFFF` (`0x10FFFF` with Unicode Map).
|
||||
* **`UC_MAC`**: macOS built-in Unicode hex input. Supports code points up to `0x10FFFF` (all possible code points).
|
||||
|
||||
To enable, go to _System Preferences > Keyboard > Input Sources_, add _Unicode Hex Input_ to the list (it's under _Other_), then activate it from the input dropdown in the Menu Bar.
|
||||
By default, this mode uses the left Option key (`KC_LALT`) for Unicode input, but this can be changed by defining [`UNICODE_KEY_MAC`](#input-key-configuration) with another keycode.
|
||||
|
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
|
||||
# Userspace: Sharing Code Between Keymaps
|
||||
|
||||
If you use more than one keyboard with a similar keymap, you might see the benefit in being able to share code between them. Create your own folder in `users/` named the same as your keymap (ideally your github username, `<name>`) with the following structure:
|
||||
If you use more than one keyboard with a similar keymap, you might see the benefit in being able to share code between them. Create your own folder in `users/` named the same as your keymap (ideally your GitHub username, `<name>`) with the following structure:
|
||||
|
||||
* `/users/<name>/` (added to the path automatically)
|
||||
* `readme.md` (optional, recommended)
|
||||
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ The reason for this, is that `<name>.h` won't be added in time to add settings (
|
||||
|
||||
## Readme (`readme.md`)
|
||||
|
||||
Please include authorship (your name, github username, email), and optionally [a license that's GPL compatible](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/license-list.html#GPLCompatibleLicenses).
|
||||
Please include authorship (your name, GitHub username, email), and optionally [a license that's GPL compatible](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/license-list.html#GPLCompatibleLicenses).
|
||||
|
||||
You can use this as a template:
|
||||
```
|
||||
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
You'd want to replace the year, name, email and github username with your info.
|
||||
You'd want to replace the year, name, email and GitHub username with your info.
|
||||
|
||||
Additionally, this is a good place to document your code, if you wish to share it with others.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ This is ideal for when you want ensure everything compiles successfully when pre
|
||||
|
||||
## Examples
|
||||
|
||||
For a brief example, checkout [`/users/_example/`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/users/drashna).
|
||||
For a brief example, checkout [`/users/_example/`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/users/_example).
|
||||
For a more complicated example, checkout [`/users/drashna/`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/users/drashna)'s userspace.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -4,8 +4,8 @@
|
||||
[](https://travis-ci.org/qmk/qmk_firmware)
|
||||
[](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh)
|
||||
[](https://docs.qmk.fm)
|
||||
[](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulse/monthly)
|
||||
[](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/)
|
||||
[](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulse/monthly)
|
||||
[](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/)
|
||||
|
||||
## Qu'est-ce que QMK Firmware ?
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ QMK (*Quantum Mechanical Keyboard*) est une communauté open source qui maintien
|
||||
|
||||
## Comment l'obtenir
|
||||
|
||||
Si vous souhaitez contribuer à une disposition de clavier (keymap), ou à des fonctionnalités de QMK alors le plus simple est de [forker le dépôt avec Github](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware#fork-destination-box) puis cloner le dépôt localement pour y faire des changements. Vous pourrez pousser vos changements sur github puis ouvrir un [Pull Request](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls) depuis votre fork Github.
|
||||
Si vous souhaitez contribuer à une disposition de clavier (keymap), ou à des fonctionnalités de QMK alors le plus simple est de [forker le dépôt avec GitHub](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware#fork-destination-box) puis cloner le dépôt localement pour y faire des changements. Vous pourrez pousser vos changements sur GitHub puis ouvrir un [Pull Request](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls) depuis votre fork GitHub.
|
||||
|
||||
Sinon, vous pouvez aussi le télécharger directement en ([zip](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/zipball/master), [tar](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tarball/master)), ou le cloner avec git en ssh (`git@github.com:qmk/qmk_firmware.git`), ou https (`https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware.git`).
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Ceci est fait immédiatement après la fusion de la branche `future` précédent
|
||||
* [ ] Regroupe ChangeLog dans un fichier.
|
||||
* [ ] `git commit -m 'Merge point for <DATE> Breaking Change'`
|
||||
* [ ] `git push origin future`
|
||||
* Actions sur Github
|
||||
* Actions sur GitHub
|
||||
* [ ] Crée un PR pour `future`
|
||||
* [ ] S'assurer que Travis ne relève aucun problème
|
||||
* [ ] Fusion le PR `future`
|
||||
|
@@ -6,11 +6,11 @@ GitHub peut être un peu compliqué pour ceux qui n'y sont pas familier. Ce guid
|
||||
|
||||
Commencez par la [page GitHub de QMK](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware), et vous verrez un bouton dans le coin en haut à droite qui indique "Fork":
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
Si vous faites partie d'une organisation, vous aurez besoin de savoir quel compte utiliser pour le fork. Dans la plupart des cas, vous voudrez créer le fork dans votre compte personnel. Une fois le fork complet (cela peut quelques fois prendre un peu de temps), appuyez sur le bouton "Clone or download":
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
Faites attention à sélectionner "HTTPS", et sélectionnez le lien et copiez-le:
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ git pull upstream master
|
||||
git push origin master
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Cela vous change la branche courante en master, synchronise les données de références du dépôt QMK vers votre ordinateur. La commande pull tire les données de références vers votre branche courante puis les y téleverse. La commande push permet de pousser la branche courante (master) vers votre fork github.
|
||||
Cela vous change la branche courante en master, synchronise les données de références du dépôt QMK vers votre ordinateur. La commande pull tire les données de références vers votre branche courante puis les y téleverse. La commande push permet de pousser la branche courante (master) vers votre fork GitHub.
|
||||
|
||||
### Faire des changements
|
||||
|
||||
|
47
docs/getting_started_docker.md
Normal file
47
docs/getting_started_docker.md
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
|
||||
# Docker Quick Start
|
||||
|
||||
This project includes a Docker workflow that will allow you to build a new firmware for your keyboard very easily without major changes to your primary operating system. This also ensures that when you clone the project and perform a build, you have the exact same environment as anyone else and the QMK build infrastructure. This makes it much easier for people to help you troubleshoot any issues you encounter.
|
||||
|
||||
## Requirements
|
||||
|
||||
The main prerequisite is a working `docker` install.
|
||||
* [Docker CE](https://docs.docker.com/install/#supported-platforms)
|
||||
|
||||
## Usage
|
||||
|
||||
Acquire a local copy of the QMK's repository (including submodules):
|
||||
|
||||
```bash
|
||||
git clone --recurse-submodules https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware.git
|
||||
cd qmk_firmware
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Run the following command to build a keymap:
|
||||
```bash
|
||||
util/docker_build.sh <keyboard>:<keymap>
|
||||
# For example: util/docker_build.sh planck/rev6:default
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
This will compile the desired keyboard/keymap and leave the resulting `.hex` or `.bin` file in the QMK directory for you to flash. If `:keymap` is omitted, all keymaps are used. Note that the parameter format is the same as when building with `make`.
|
||||
|
||||
There is also support for building _and_ flashing the keyboard straight from Docker by specifying the `target` as well:
|
||||
|
||||
```bash
|
||||
util/docker_build.sh keyboard:keymap:target
|
||||
# For example: util/docker_build.sh planck/rev6:default:flash
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
You can also start the script without any parameters, in which case it will ask you to input the build parameters one by one, which you may find easier to use:
|
||||
|
||||
```bash
|
||||
util/docker_build.sh
|
||||
# Reads parameters as input (leave blank for all keyboards/keymaps)
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
## FAQ
|
||||
|
||||
### Why can't I flash on Windows/macOS
|
||||
|
||||
On Windows and macOS, it requires [Docker Machine](http://gw.tnode.com/docker/docker-machine-with-usb-support-on-windows-macos/) to be running. This is tedious to set up, so it's not recommended; use [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox) instead.
|
||||
|
||||
!> Docker for Windows requires [Hyper-V](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/virtualization/hyper-v-on-windows/quick-start/enable-hyper-v) to be enabled. This means that it cannot work on versions of Windows which don't have Hyper-V, such as Windows 7, Windows 8 and **Windows 10 Home**.
|
@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
|
||||
# How to Use Github with QMK
|
||||
# How to Use GitHub with QMK
|
||||
|
||||
Github can be a little tricky to those that aren't familiar with it - this guide will walk through each step of forking, cloning, and submitting a pull request with QMK.
|
||||
GitHub can be a little tricky to those that aren't familiar with it - this guide will walk through each step of forking, cloning, and submitting a pull request with QMK.
|
||||
|
||||
?> This guide assumes you're somewhat comfortable with running things at the command line, and have git installed on your system.
|
||||
|
||||
Start on the [QMK Github page](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware), and you'll see a button in the upper right that says "Fork":
|
||||
Start on the [QMK GitHub page](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware), and you'll see a button in the upper right that says "Fork":
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
If you're a part of an organization, you'll need to choose which account to fork it to. In most circumstances, you'll want to fork it to your personal account. Once your fork is completed (sometimes this takes a little while), click the "Clone or Download" button:
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
And be sure to select "HTTPS", and select the link and copy it:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ To https://github.com/whoeveryouare/qmk_firmware.git
|
||||
+ 20043e64...7da94ac5 master -> master
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Your changes now exist on your fork on Github - if you go back there (`https://github.com/<whoeveryouare>/qmk_firmware`), you can create a "New Pull Request" by clicking this button:
|
||||
Your changes now exist on your fork on GitHub - if you go back there (`https://github.com/<whoeveryouare>/qmk_firmware`), you can create a "New Pull Request" by clicking this button:
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ QMK (*Quantum Mechanical Keyboard*) היא קהילת קוד פתוח (open sour
|
||||
|
||||
## איך להשיג אותה
|
||||
|
||||
אם אתם מתכננים לתרום מיפוי מקשים, מקלדת או יכולת ל QMK, הדבר הקל ביותר הוא [לעשות פורק לריפו בGithub](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware#fork-destination-box), ולעשות קלון לריפו בסביבה המקומית ושם לבצע את השינויים שלכם, לדחוף אותם ולפתוח [Pull Request](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls) מהפורק שלך.
|
||||
אם אתם מתכננים לתרום מיפוי מקשים, מקלדת או יכולת ל QMK, הדבר הקל ביותר הוא [לעשות פורק לריפו בGitHub](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware#fork-destination-box), ולעשות קלון לריפו בסביבה המקומית ושם לבצע את השינויים שלכם, לדחוף אותם ולפתוח [Pull Request](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls) מהפורק שלך.
|
||||
|
||||
אחרת, אפשר להוריד את הקושחה באופן ישיר ([zip](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/zipball/master), [tar](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tarball/master)), או לשכפל אותה באמצעות git (`git@github.com:qmk/qmk_firmware.git`), או https (`https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware.git`).
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
|
||||
* [מקורות ללמידה](he-il/newbs_learn_more_resources.md)
|
||||
* [בסיס QMK](he-il/README.md)
|
||||
* [מבוא לQMK](he-il/getting_started_introduction.md)
|
||||
* [איך להשתמש בGithub](he-il/getting_started_github.md)
|
||||
* [איך להשתמש בGitHub](he-il/getting_started_github.md)
|
||||
* [קבלת עזרה](he-il/getting_started_getting_help.md)
|
||||
* [שאלות נפוצות](he-il/faq.md)
|
||||
* [שאלות נפוצות כלליות](he-il/faq_general.md)
|
||||
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
|
||||
* [QMK CLI](he-il/cli.md)
|
||||
* [QMK CLI Config](he-il/cli_configuration.md)
|
||||
* [תרומה ל QMK](he-il/contributing.md)
|
||||
* [איך להשתמש בGithub](he-il/getting_started_github.md)
|
||||
* [איך להשתמש בGitHub](he-il/getting_started_github.md)
|
||||
* [קבלת עזרה](he-il/getting_started_getting_help.md)
|
||||
|
||||
* [שינויים משמעותיים](he-il/breaking_changes.md)
|
||||
|
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
הפורום הרשמי של QMK נמצא ב - [/r/olkb](https://reddit.com/r/olkb) באתר [reddit.com](https://reddit.com).
|
||||
|
||||
## סוגיות Github
|
||||
## סוגיות GitHub
|
||||
|
||||
ניתן לפתוח [סוגייה ב-GitHub](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues). הדבר שימושי במיוחד כאשר הסוגיה דורשת דיון עמוק וארוך או דיבאגינג.
|
||||
</div>
|
@@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
|
||||
<div dir="rtl" markdown="1">
|
||||
# איך להשתמש ב-Github עם QMK
|
||||
# איך להשתמש ב-GitHub עם QMK
|
||||
|
||||
Github עלול להיות קצת טריקי למי שלא מכיר את העבודה איתו - מדריך זה ילווה אתכם שלב אחר שלב דרך ביצוע פעולות fork, clone ו-pull request עם QMK.
|
||||
GitHub עלול להיות קצת טריקי למי שלא מכיר את העבודה איתו - מדריך זה ילווה אתכם שלב אחר שלב דרך ביצוע פעולות fork, clone ו-pull request עם QMK.
|
||||
|
||||
?> מדריך זה מניח שאתם מרגישים בנוח עם הרצה של פקודות בסביבת command line (שורת הפקודה) ו-git מותקן במערכת שלכם.
|
||||
|
||||
התחילו ב- [עמוד של QMK ב-Github](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware), ותצמאו כפתור בחלק העליון מימין עם התיכוב "Fork":
|
||||
התחילו ב- [עמוד של QMK ב-GitHub](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware), ותצמאו כפתור בחלק העליון מימין עם התיכוב "Fork":
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
אם אתם חלק מארגון, תצטרכו לבחור לאיזה חשבון לבצע פעולת fork. ברוב המבקרים, תרצו לבצע fork לתוך החשבון הפרטי שלכם. ברגע שה-fork הסתיים (לפעמים זה יכול לקחת קצת זמן) הקליקו על כפתור ה-"Clone or Download":
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
תוודאו שאתם בוחרים באופצייה של "HTTPS", בחרו את הקישור והעתיקו אותו:
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
// Moved pages
|
||||
'/adding_a_keyboard_to_qmk': '/hardware_keyboard_guidelines',
|
||||
'/build_environment_setup': '/getting_started_build_tools',
|
||||
'/build_environment_setup': '/newbs_getting_started',
|
||||
'/cli_dev_configuration': '/cli_configuration',
|
||||
'/dynamic_macros': '/feature_dynamic_macros',
|
||||
'/feature_common_shortcuts': '/feature_advanced_keycodes',
|
||||
@@ -45,6 +45,7 @@
|
||||
'/tap_dance': '/feature_tap_dance',
|
||||
'/unicode': '/feature_unicode',
|
||||
'/python_development': '/cli_development',
|
||||
'/getting_started_build_tools':'/newbs_getting_started',
|
||||
},
|
||||
basePath: '/',
|
||||
name: 'QMK Firmware',
|
||||
|
@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ The following functions can provide basic control of GPIOs and are found in `qua
|
||||
| `writePinLow(pin)` | Set pin level as low, assuming it is an output | `PORTB &= ~(1<<2)` | `palClearLine(pin)` |
|
||||
| `writePin(pin, level)` | Set pin level, assuming it is an output | `(level) ? PORTB \|= (1<<2) : PORTB &= ~(1<<2)` | `(level) ? palSetLine(pin) : palClearLine(pin)` |
|
||||
| `readPin(pin)` | Returns the level of the pin | `_SFR_IO8(pin >> 4) & _BV(pin & 0xF)` | `palReadLine(pin)` |
|
||||
| `togglePin(pin)` | Invert pin level, assuming it is an output | `PORTB ^= (1<<2)` | `palToggleLine(pin)` |
|
||||
|
||||
## Advanced Settings :id=advanced-settings
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -115,12 +115,18 @@ The simplest and quickest way to get things back to normal is to flash only a bo
|
||||
|
||||
You can find the stock bootloaders in the [`util/` folder](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/util). Be sure to flash the correct bootloader for your chip:
|
||||
|
||||
* [`atmega32u4`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/util/bootloader_atmega32u4_1_0_0.hex) - Most keyboards, Planck Rev 1-5, Preonic Rev 1-2
|
||||
* [`Pro Micro`](https://github.com/sparkfun/Arduino_Boards/blob/master/sparkfun/avr/bootloaders/caterina/Caterina-promicro16.hex) - The default bootloader for Pro Micro controllers
|
||||
* [`at90usb1286`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/util/bootloader_at90usb128x_1_0_1.hex) - Planck Light Rev 1
|
||||
* [`atmega32a`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/util/bootloader_atmega32a_1_0_0.hex) - jj40, and other V-USB/ps2avrGB keyboards
|
||||
* **Atmel DFU**
|
||||
* [ATmega16U4](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/util/bootloader_atmega16u4_1.0.1.hex)
|
||||
* [ATmega32U4](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/util/bootloader_atmega32u4_1.0.0.hex)
|
||||
* [AT90USB64](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/util/bootloader_at90usb64_1.0.0.hex)
|
||||
* [AT90USB128](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/util/bootloader_at90usb128_1.0.1.hex)
|
||||
* **Caterina**
|
||||
* [Pro Micro (5V/16MHz)](https://github.com/sparkfun/Arduino_Boards/blob/master/sparkfun/avr/bootloaders/caterina/Caterina-promicro16.hex)
|
||||
* [Pro Micro (3.3V/8MHz)](https://github.com/sparkfun/Arduino_Boards/blob/master/sparkfun/avr/bootloaders/caterina/Caterina-promicro8.hex)
|
||||
* **BootloadHID (PS2AVRGB)**
|
||||
* [ATmega32A](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/util/bootloader_ps2avrgb_bootloadhid_1.0.1.hex)
|
||||
|
||||
If you're not sure what your board uses, look in the `rules.mk` file for the keyboard in QMK. The `MCU =` line will have the value you need. It may differ between different versions of the board.
|
||||
If you're not sure what your board uses, look in the `rules.mk` file for the keyboard in QMK. The `MCU` and `BOOTLOADER` lines will have the value you need. It may differ between different versions of the board.
|
||||
|
||||
### Production Techniques
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ compile.keymap: skully -> None
|
||||
|-----|---------------|-------------|
|
||||
| user.keyboard | None | キーボードのパス (例: `clueboard/66/rev4`) |
|
||||
| user.keymap | None | キーマップ名 (例: `default`) |
|
||||
| user.name | None | ユーザの github のユーザ名。 |
|
||||
| user.name | None | ユーザの GitHub のユーザ名。 |
|
||||
|
||||
# 全ての設定オプション
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
|
||||
case KC_ENTER:
|
||||
// enter が押された時に音を再生します
|
||||
if (record->event.pressed) {
|
||||
PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_qwerty);
|
||||
PLAY_SONG(tone_qwerty);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true; // QMK に enter のプレスまたはリリースイベントを送信させます
|
||||
default:
|
||||
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
|
||||
case KC_ENTER:
|
||||
// enter が押された時に音を再生します
|
||||
if (record->event.pressed) {
|
||||
PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_qwerty);
|
||||
PLAY_SONG(tone_qwerty);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true; // QMK に enter のプレスまたはリリースイベントを送信させます
|
||||
case RGB_LYR: // これにより、アンダーグローをレイヤー表示として、あるいは通常通りに使うことができます。
|
||||
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ void eeconfig_init_user(void) { // EEPROM がリセットされます!
|
||||
キーコードに基づいて `TAPPING_TERM` を変更するには、次のようなものを `keymap.c` ファイルに追加します:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
uint16_t get_tapping_term(uint16_t keycode) {
|
||||
uint16_t get_tapping_term(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
|
||||
switch (keycode) {
|
||||
case SFT_T(KC_SPC):
|
||||
return TAPPING_TERM + 1250;
|
||||
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ uint16_t get_tapping_term(uint16_t keycode) {
|
||||
キーコードに基づいて `IGNORE_MOD_TAP_INTERRUPT` の値を変更するには、次のようなものを `keymap.c` ファイルに追加します:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
bool get_ignore_mod_tap_interrupt(uint16_t keycode) {
|
||||
bool get_ignore_mod_tap_interrupt(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
|
||||
switch (keycode) {
|
||||
case SFT_T(KC_SPC):
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
71
docs/ja/feature_dynamic_macros.md
Normal file
71
docs/ja/feature_dynamic_macros.md
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
|
||||
# 動的マクロ: ランタイムでのマクロの記録および再生
|
||||
|
||||
<!---
|
||||
original document: 0.8.123:docs/feature_dynamic_macros.md
|
||||
git diff 0.8.123 HEAD -- docs/feature_dynamic_macros.md | cat
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
QMK はその場で作られた一時的なマクロをサポートします。これらを動的マクロと呼びます。それらはユーザがキーボードから定義し、キーボードのプラグを抜くか再起動すると失われます。
|
||||
|
||||
1つまたは2つのマクロに合計128のキー押下を保存できます。RAM をより多く使用してサイズを増やすことができます。
|
||||
|
||||
有効にするには、最初に `rules.mk` に `DYNAMIC_MACRO_ENABLE = yes` を記述します。そして、以下のキーをキーマップに追加します:
|
||||
|
||||
| キー | Alias | 説明 |
|
||||
|------------------|----------|---------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| `DYN_REC_START1` | `DM_REC1` | マクロ 1 の記録を開始します |
|
||||
| `DYN_REC_START2` | `DM_REC2` | マクロ 2 の記録を開始します |
|
||||
| `DYN_MACRO_PLAY1` | `DM_PLY1` | マクロ 1 を再生します |
|
||||
| `DYN_MACRO_PLAY2` | `DM_PLY2` | マクロ 2 を再生します |
|
||||
| `DYN_REC_STOP` | `DM_RSTP` | 現在記録中のマクロの記録を終了します。 |
|
||||
|
||||
これが必要な全てです。
|
||||
|
||||
マクロの記録を開始するには、`DYN_REC_START1` または `DYN_REC_START2` のどちらかを押します。
|
||||
|
||||
記録を終了するには、`DYN_REC_STOP` レイヤーボタンを押します。
|
||||
|
||||
マクロを再生するには、`DYN_MACRO_PLAY1` あるいは `DYN_MACRO_PLAY2` のどちらかを押します。
|
||||
|
||||
マクロの一部としてマクロを再生することができます。マクロ 1 を記録中にマクロ 2 を再生、またはその逆も問題ありません。ただし、再帰的なマクロ、つまりマクロ 1 を再生するマクロ 1 は作成しないでください。もしそうしてキーボードが反応しなくなった場合は、キーボードを取り外し再び接続します。これを完全に無効にするには、`config.h` ファイルで `DYNAMIC_MACRO_NO_NESTING` を定義します。
|
||||
|
||||
?> 動的マクロの内部の詳細については、`process_dynamic_macro.h` および `process_dynamic_macro.c` ファイルのコメントを読んでください。
|
||||
|
||||
## カスタマイズ
|
||||
|
||||
ある程度のカスタマイズを可能にするオプションがいくつか追加されています。
|
||||
|
||||
| 定義 | デフォルト | 説明 |
|
||||
|----------------------------|----------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| `DYNAMIC_MACRO_SIZE` | 128 | 動的マクロが使用できるメモリ量を設定します。これは限られたリソースであり、コントローラに依存します。 |
|
||||
| `DYNAMIC_MACRO_USER_CALL` | *定義なし* | これを定義すると、ユーザの `keymap.c` ファイルを使ってマクロが起動されます。 |
|
||||
| `DYNAMIC_MACRO_NO_NESTING` | *定義なし* | これを定義すると、別のマクロからマクロを呼び出す(入れ子になったマクロ)機能を無効にします。 |
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
記録中にキーを押すたびに LED が点滅し始めた場合は、マクロバッファにマクロを入れるスペースがもう無いことを意味します。マクロを入れるには、他のマクロ(それらは同じバッファを共有します)を短くするか、`config.h` に `DYNAMIC_MACRO_SIZE` 定義を追加することでバッファを増やします(デフォルト値: 128; ヘッダ内のコメントを読んでください)。
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### DYNAMIC_MACRO_USER_CALL
|
||||
|
||||
以前のバージョンの動的マクロをお使いの方へ: 専用の `DYN_REC_STOP` キーを使わずに動的マクロキーへのアクセスに使われるレイヤーモディファイアのみを使って、マクロの記録を終了することもまだ可能です。この動作に戻したい場合は、`#define DYNAMIC_MACRO_USER_CALL` を `config.h` に追加し、以下のスニペットを `process_record_user()` 関数の先頭に記述します:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
uint16_t macro_kc = (keycode == MO(_DYN) ? DYN_REC_STOP : keycode);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!process_record_dynamic_macro(macro_kc, record)) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### ユーザフック
|
||||
|
||||
カスタム機能とフィードバックオプションを動的マクロ機能に追加するために使うことができるフックが幾つかあります。これによりある程度のカスタマイズが可能になります。
|
||||
|
||||
direction がどのマクロであるかを示すことに注意してください。`1` がマクロ 1、`-1` がマクロ 2、0 がマクロ無しです。
|
||||
|
||||
* `dynamic_macro_record_start_user(void)` - マクロの記録を開始する時に起動されます。
|
||||
* `dynamic_macro_play_user(int8_t direction)` - マクロを再生する時に起動されます。
|
||||
* `dynamic_macro_record_key_user(int8_t direction, keyrecord_t *record)` - マクロの記録中に各キー押下で起動されます。
|
||||
* `dynamic_macro_record_end_user(int8_t direction)` - マクロの記録を停止した時に起動されます。
|
||||
|
||||
さらに、動的マクロ機能が有効な場合にバックライトを点滅させるために `dynamic_macro_led_blink()` を呼び出すことができます。
|
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ void encoder_update_user(uint8_t index, bool clockwise) {
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
tap_code(KC_PGUP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (index == 1) { /* Second encoder */
|
||||
} else if (index == 1) { /* Second encoder */
|
||||
if (clockwise) {
|
||||
tap_code(KC_DOWN);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
|
37
docs/ja/feature_grave_esc.md
Normal file
37
docs/ja/feature_grave_esc.md
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
|
||||
# グレイブエスケープ
|
||||
|
||||
<!---
|
||||
original document: 0.8.123:docs/feature_grave_esc.md
|
||||
git diff 0.8.123 HEAD -- docs/feature_grave_esc.md | cat
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
60% キーボード、またはファンクションキー行の無い他のレイアウトを使っている場合、専用の Escape キーが無いことに気付くでしょう。グレイブエスケープは grave キー (<code>`</code> および `~`) を Escape と共有することができる機能です。
|
||||
|
||||
## 使用法
|
||||
|
||||
キーマップ内の `KC_GRAVE` キー (通常は`1` キーの左)を `KC_GESC` に置き換えます。ほとんどの場合、このキーは押された時に `KC_ESC` を出力します。ただし、Shift あるいは GUI を押したままにすると、代わりに `KC_GRV` を出力します。
|
||||
|
||||
## OS に見えるもの
|
||||
|
||||
メアリーがキーボードで GESC を押すと、OS には KC_ESC 文字が見えます。メアリーが Shift を押しながら GESC を押すと、`~` または Shift された時はバッククォートを出力します。彼女が GUI/CMD/WIN を押したままにすると、1つの <code>`</code> 文字を出力します。
|
||||
|
||||
## キーコード
|
||||
|
||||
| キー | エイリアス | 説明 |
|
||||
|---------|-----------|------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| `KC_GESC` | `GRAVE_ESC` | 押された場合に Escape。Shift あるいは GUI が押されたままの場合は <code>`</code> |
|
||||
|
||||
### 注意事項
|
||||
|
||||
macOS では、Command+<code>`</code> はデフォルトで "次のウィンドウを操作対象にする" にマップされます。つまりバッククォートを出力しません。さらに、ショートカットがキーボード環境設定で変更された場合でも、ターミナルは常にこのショートカットを認識してウィンドウを切り替えます。
|
||||
|
||||
## 設定
|
||||
|
||||
グレイブエスケープが壊す可能性のあるキーの組み合わせが幾つかあります。その中には、Windows では Control+Shift+Escape、macOSでは Command+Option+Escape があります。これを回避するには、`config.h` で以下のオプションを `#define` することができます:
|
||||
|
||||
| 定義 | 説明 |
|
||||
|--------------------------|-----------------------------------------|
|
||||
| `GRAVE_ESC_ALT_OVERRIDE` | Alt が押された場合、常に Escape を送信する |
|
||||
| `GRAVE_ESC_CTRL_OVERRIDE` | Control が押された場合、常に Escape を送信する |
|
||||
| `GRAVE_ESC_GUI_OVERRIDE` | GUI が押された場合、常に Escape を送信する |
|
||||
| `GRAVE_ESC_SHIFT_OVERRIDE` | Shift が押された場合、常に Escape を送信する |
|
163
docs/ja/feature_haptic_feedback.md
Normal file
163
docs/ja/feature_haptic_feedback.md
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
|
||||
# 触覚フィードバック
|
||||
|
||||
<!---
|
||||
original document: 0.8.123:docs/feature_haptic_feedback.md
|
||||
git diff 0.8.123 HEAD -- docs/feature_haptic_feedback.md | cat
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
## 触覚フィードバック の rules.mk オプション
|
||||
|
||||
現在のところ、`rules.mk` で触覚フィードバック用に以下のオプションを利用可能です:
|
||||
|
||||
`HAPTIC_ENABLE += DRV2605L`
|
||||
|
||||
`HAPTIC_ENABLE += SOLENOID`
|
||||
|
||||
## サポートされる既知のハードウェア
|
||||
|
||||
| 名前 | 説明 |
|
||||
|--------------------|-------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| [LV061228B-L65-A](https://www.digikey.com/product-detail/en/jinlong-machinery-electronics-inc/LV061228B-L65-A/1670-1050-ND/7732325) | z-axis 2v LRA |
|
||||
| [Mini Motor Disc](https://www.adafruit.com/product/1201) | small 2-5v ERM |
|
||||
|
||||
## 触覚キーコード
|
||||
|
||||
以下のキーコードは、選択した触覚メカニズムに依存して動作するかどうか決まります。
|
||||
|
||||
| 名前 | 説明 |
|
||||
|-----------|-------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| `HPT_ON` | 触覚フィードバックをオン |
|
||||
| `HPT_OFF` | 触覚フィードバックをオフ |
|
||||
| `HPT_TOG` | 触覚フィードバックのオン/オフを切り替え |
|
||||
| `HPT_RST` | 触覚フィードバック設定をデフォルトに戻す |
|
||||
| `HPT_FBK` | キー押下またはリリースまたはその両方でフィードバックを切り替え |
|
||||
| `HPT_BUZ` | ソレノイドの振動のオン/オフを切り替え |
|
||||
| `HPT_MODI` | 次の DRV2605L 波形に移動 |
|
||||
| `HPT_MODD` | 前の DRV2605L 波形に移動 |
|
||||
| `HPT_CONT` | 連続触覚モードのオン/オフを切り替え |
|
||||
| `HPT_CONI` | DRV2605L の連続触覚強度を増加 |
|
||||
| `HPT_COND` | DRV2605L の連続触覚強度を減少 |
|
||||
| `HPT_DWLI` | ソレノイドの滞留時間を増加 |
|
||||
| `HPT_DWLD` | ソレノイドの滞留時間を減少 |
|
||||
|
||||
### ソレノイド
|
||||
|
||||
ほとんどの MCU はソレノイドのコイルを駆動するために必要な電流を供給できないため、最初に MOSFET を介してソレノイドを駆動する回路を構築する必要があります。
|
||||
|
||||
[Adafruit が提供する配線図](https://playground.arduino.cc/uploads/Learning/solenoid_driver.pdf)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
| 設定 | デフォルト | 説明 |
|
||||
|--------------------------|---------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| `SOLENOID_PIN` | *定義なし* | ソレノイドが接続されているピンを設定する。 |
|
||||
| `SOLENOID_DEFAULT_DWELL` | `12` ms | ソレノイドのデフォルトの滞留時間を設定する。 |
|
||||
| `SOLENOID_MIN_DWELL` | `4` ms | 滞留時間の下限を設定する。 |
|
||||
| `SOLENOID_MAX_DWELL` | `100` ms | 滞留時間の上限を設定する。 |
|
||||
|
||||
?> 滞留時間とは、「プランジャー」が作動したままになる時間です。滞留時間により、ソレノイドの音が変わります。
|
||||
|
||||
ブートローダ実行中に一部のピンが給電されているかもしれず (例えば、STM32F303 チップ上の A13)、そうすると書き込みプロセスの間ずっとソレノイドがオン状態になることに注意してください。これはソレノイドを加熱し損傷を与えるかもしれません。ソレノイドが接続されているピンがブートローダ/DFU 実行中にソレノイドをオンにしていることが分かった場合は、他のピンを選択してください。
|
||||
|
||||
### DRV2605L
|
||||
|
||||
DRV2605Lは i2c プロトコルで制御され、SDA および SCL ピンに接続する必要があります。これらは使用する MCU によって異なります。
|
||||
|
||||
#### フィードバックモータのセットアップ
|
||||
|
||||
このドライバは2つの異なるフィードバックモータをサポートします。選択したモータに基づいて、`config.h` で以下を設定します。
|
||||
|
||||
##### ERM
|
||||
|
||||
偏心回転質量振動モータ (ERM) は偏りのある重りが取り付けられたモータで、駆動信号が取り付けられると偏りのある重りが回転し、正弦波が振動に変換されます。
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
#define FB_ERM_LRA 0
|
||||
#define FB_BRAKEFACTOR 3 /* For 1x:0, 2x:1, 3x:2, 4x:3, 6x:4, 8x:5, 16x:6, Disable Braking:7 */
|
||||
#define FB_LOOPGAIN 1 /* For Low:0, Medium:1, High:2, Very High:3 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* 特定のモータに最適な設定については、データシートを参照してください。*/
|
||||
#define RATED_VOLTAGE 3
|
||||
#define V_PEAK 5
|
||||
```
|
||||
##### LRA
|
||||
|
||||
線形共振アクチュエータ (LRA、線形バイブレータとしても知られています)は、ERM と異なります。LRA は重りと磁石をバネで吊るしたものとボイスコイルで構成されています。駆動信号が印加されるとされると、重りは単一の軸で振動します (左右または上下)。重りはバネに取り付けられているため、特定の周波数で共振効果があります。この周波数は LRA が最も効率的に動作する箇所です。この周波数の推奨範囲については、モータのデータシートを参照してください。
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
#define FB_ERM_LRA 1
|
||||
#define FB_BRAKEFACTOR 3 /* For 1x:0, 2x:1, 3x:2, 4x:3, 6x:4, 8x:5, 16x:6, Disable Braking:7 */
|
||||
#define FB_LOOPGAIN 1 /* For Low:0, Medium:1, High:2, Very High:3 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* 特定のモータに最適な設定については、データシートを参照してください。*/
|
||||
#define RATED_VOLTAGE 2
|
||||
#define V_PEAK 2.8
|
||||
#define V_RMS 2.0
|
||||
#define V_PEAK 2.1
|
||||
#define F_LRA 205 /* 共振周波数 */
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
#### DRV2605L 波形ライブラリ
|
||||
|
||||
DRV2605L には呼び出して再生できる様々な波形シーケンスのプリロードライブラリが同梱されています。マクロを書く場合、これらの波形は `DRV_pulse(*sequence name or number*)` を使って再生することができます
|
||||
|
||||
データシートの波形シーケンスのリスト
|
||||
|
||||
| seq# | シーケンス名 | seq# | シーケンス名 | seq# | シーケンス名 |
|
||||
|-----|---------------------|-----|-----------------------------------|-----|--------------------------------------|
|
||||
| 1 | strong_click | 43 | lg_dblclick_med_60 | 85 | transition_rampup_med_smooth2 |
|
||||
| 2 | strong_click_60 | 44 | lg_dblsharp_tick | 86 | transition_rampup_short_smooth1 |
|
||||
| 3 | strong_click_30 | 45 | lg_dblsharp_tick_80 | 87 | transition_rampup_short_smooth2 |
|
||||
| 4 | sharp_click | 46 | lg_dblsharp_tick_60 | 88 | transition_rampup_long_sharp1 |
|
||||
| 5 | sharp_click_60 | 47 | buzz | 89 | transition_rampup_long_sharp2 |
|
||||
| 6 | sharp_click_30 | 48 | buzz_80 | 90 | transition_rampup_med_sharp1 |
|
||||
| 7 | soft_bump | 49 | buzz_60 | 91 | transition_rampup_med_sharp2 |
|
||||
| 8 | soft_bump_60 | 50 | buzz_40 | 92 | transition_rampup_short_sharp1 |
|
||||
| 9 | soft_bump_30 | 51 | buzz_20 | 93 | transition_rampup_short_sharp2 |
|
||||
| 10 | dbl_click | 52 | pulsing_strong | 94 | transition_rampdown_long_smooth1_50 |
|
||||
| 11 | dbl_click_60 | 53 | pulsing_strong_80 | 95 | transition_rampdown_long_smooth2_50 |
|
||||
| 12 | trp_click | 54 | pulsing_medium | 96 | transition_rampdown_med_smooth1_50 |
|
||||
| 13 | soft_fuzz | 55 | pulsing_medium_80 | 97 | transition_rampdown_med_smooth2_50 |
|
||||
| 14 | strong_buzz | 56 | pulsing_sharp | 98 | transition_rampdown_short_smooth1_50 |
|
||||
| 15 | alert_750ms | 57 | pulsing_sharp_80 | 99 | transition_rampdown_short_smooth2_50 |
|
||||
| 16 | alert_1000ms | 58 | transition_click | 100 | transition_rampdown_long_sharp1_50 |
|
||||
| 17 | strong_click1 | 59 | transition_click_80 | 101 | transition_rampdown_long_sharp2_50 |
|
||||
| 18 | strong_click2_80 | 60 | transition_click_60 | 102 | transition_rampdown_med_sharp1_50 |
|
||||
| 19 | strong_click3_60 | 61 | transition_click_40 | 103 | transition_rampdown_med_sharp2_50 |
|
||||
| 20 | strong_click4_30 | 62 | transition_click_20 | 104 | transition_rampdown_short_sharp1_50 |
|
||||
| 21 | medium_click1 | 63 | transition_click_10 | 105 | transition_rampdown_short_sharp2_50 |
|
||||
| 22 | medium_click2_80 | 64 | transition_hum | 106 | transition_rampup_long_smooth1_50 |
|
||||
| 23 | medium_click3_60 | 65 | transition_hum_80 | 107 | transition_rampup_long_smooth2_50 |
|
||||
| 24 | sharp_tick1 | 66 | transition_hum_60 | 108 | transition_rampup_med_smooth1_50 |
|
||||
| 25 | sharp_tick2_80 | 67 | transition_hum_40 | 109 | transition_rampup_med_smooth2_50 |
|
||||
| 26 | sharp_tick3_60 | 68 | transition_hum_20 | 110 | transition_rampup_short_smooth1_50 |
|
||||
| 27 | sh_dblclick_str | 69 | transition_hum_10 | 111 | transition_rampup_short_smooth2_50 |
|
||||
| 28 | sh_dblclick_str_80 | 70 | transition_rampdown_long_smooth1 | 112 | transition_rampup_long_sharp1_50 |
|
||||
| 29 | sh_dblclick_str_60 | 71 | transition_rampdown_long_smooth2 | 113 | transition_rampup_long_sharp2_50 |
|
||||
| 30 | sh_dblclick_str_30 | 72 | transition_rampdown_med_smooth1 | 114 | transition_rampup_med_sharp1_50 |
|
||||
| 31 | sh_dblclick_med | 73 | transition_rampdown_med_smooth2 | 115 | transition_rampup_med_sharp2_50 |
|
||||
| 32 | sh_dblclick_med_80 | 74 | transition_rampdown_short_smooth1 | 116 | transition_rampup_short_sharp1_50 |
|
||||
| 33 | sh_dblclick_med_60 | 75 | transition_rampdown_short_smooth2 | 117 | transition_rampup_short_sharp2_50 |
|
||||
| 34 | sh_dblsharp_tick | 76 | transition_rampdown_long_sharp1 | 118 | long_buzz_for_programmatic_stopping |
|
||||
| 35 | sh_dblsharp_tick_80 | 77 | transition_rampdown_long_sharp2 | 119 | smooth_hum1_50 |
|
||||
| 36 | sh_dblsharp_tick_60 | 78 | transition_rampdown_med_sharp1 | 120 | smooth_hum2_40 |
|
||||
| 37 | lg_dblclick_str | 79 | transition_rampdown_med_sharp2 | 121 | smooth_hum3_30 |
|
||||
| 38 | lg_dblclick_str_80 | 80 | transition_rampdown_short_sharp1 | 122 | smooth_hum4_20 |
|
||||
| 39 | lg_dblclick_str_60 | 81 | transition_rampdown_short_sharp2 | 123 | smooth_hum5_10 |
|
||||
| 40 | lg_dblclick_str_30 | 82 | transition_rampup_long_smooth1 | | |
|
||||
| 41 | lg_dblclick_med | 83 | transition_rampup_long_smooth2 | | |
|
||||
| 42 | lg_dblclick_med_80 | 84 | transition_rampup_med_smooth1 | | |
|
||||
### オプションの DRV2605L の定義
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
#define DRV_GREETING *sequence name or number*
|
||||
```
|
||||
触覚フィードバッグが有効な場合、キーボード起動時に特定のシーケンスに合わせて振動します。以下の定義を使って選択することができます:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
#define DRV_MODE_DEFAULT *sequence name or number*
|
||||
```
|
||||
これにより HPT_RST がアクティブモードとして設定するシーケンスを設定します。未定義の場合、HPT_RST が押された時にモードが 1 に設定されます。
|
||||
|
||||
### DRV2605L 連続触覚モード
|
||||
|
||||
このモードは強さを増減するオプションを使って連続触覚フィードバッグを設定します。
|
62
docs/ja/feature_hd44780.md
Normal file
62
docs/ja/feature_hd44780.md
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
|
||||
# HD44780 LCD ディスプレイ
|
||||
|
||||
<!---
|
||||
original document: 0.8.123:docs/feature_hd44780.md
|
||||
git diff 0.8.123 HEAD -- docs/feature_hd44780.md | cat
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
これは Peter Fleury の LCD ライブラリの統合です。このページは基本について説明します。[詳細なドキュメントについてはこのページをご覧ください](http://homepage.hispeed.ch/peterfleury/doxygen/avr-gcc-libraries/group__pfleury__lcd.html) (訳注)原文のリンク先のページは、サービスの終了に伴って削除されています。移行先は (http://www.peterfleury.epizy.com/doxygen/avr-gcc-libraries/group__pfleury__lcd.html) と思われます。
|
||||
|
||||
HD44780 ディスプレイのサポートを有効にするには、キーボードの `rules.mk` の `HD44780_ENABLE` フラグを yes に設定します。
|
||||
|
||||
## 設定
|
||||
|
||||
ディスプレイで使用されるピンとディスプレイの行と列の数を、キーボードの `config.h` に設定する必要があります。
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
HD44780 のラベルが付いたセクションのコメントを外し、必要に応じてパラメータを変更します。
|
||||
````
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* HD44780 LCD ディスプレイ設定
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define LCD_LINES 2 //< ディスプレイの表示行数
|
||||
#define LCD_DISP_LENGTH 16 //< ディスプレイの行ごとの表示文字数
|
||||
#define LCD_IO_MODE 1 //< 0: メモリマップモード 1: IO ポートモード
|
||||
#if LCD_IO_MODE
|
||||
#define LCD_PORT PORTB //< LCD 行のためのポート
|
||||
#define LCD_DATA0_PORT LCD_PORT //< 4ビットデータビット 0 のポート
|
||||
#define LCD_DATA1_PORT LCD_PORT //< 4ビットデータビット 1 のポート
|
||||
#define LCD_DATA2_PORT LCD_PORT //< 4ビットデータビット 2 のポート
|
||||
#define LCD_DATA3_PORT LCD_PORT //< 4ビットデータビット 3 のポート
|
||||
#define LCD_DATA0_PIN 4 //< 4ビットデータビット 0 のピン
|
||||
#define LCD_DATA1_PIN 5 //< 4ビットデータビット 1 のピン
|
||||
#define LCD_DATA2_PIN 6 //< 4ビットデータビット 2 のピン
|
||||
#define LCD_DATA3_PIN 7 //< 4ビットデータビット 3 のピン
|
||||
#define LCD_RS_PORT LCD_PORT //< RS 線のためのポート
|
||||
#define LCD_RS_PIN 3 //< RS 線のためのピン
|
||||
#define LCD_RW_PORT LCD_PORT //< RW 線のためのポート
|
||||
#define LCD_RW_PIN 2 //< RW 線のためのピン
|
||||
#define LCD_E_PORT LCD_PORT //< Enable 線のためのポート
|
||||
#define LCD_E_PIN 1 //< Enable 線のためのピン
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
````
|
||||
|
||||
他のプロパティを設定する必要がある場合は、それらを `quantum/hd44780.h` からコピーし、`config.h` に設定することができます。(訳注)`quantum/hd44780.h` は `drivers/avr/hd44780.h` の間違いではないかと思われます。
|
||||
|
||||
## 使用法
|
||||
|
||||
ディスプレイを初期化するには、以下のパラメータのうちの1つを使って `lcd_init()` を呼び出します:
|
||||
````
|
||||
LCD_DISP_OFF : ディスプレイオフ
|
||||
LCD_DISP_ON : ディスプレイオン、カーソルオフ
|
||||
LCD_DISP_ON_CURSOR : ディスプレイオン、カーソルオン
|
||||
LCD_DISP_ON_CURSOR_BLINK : ディスプレイオン、点滅カーソル
|
||||
````
|
||||
これはキーボードの `matrix_init_kb` またはキーマップの `matrix_init_user` で行うのが最適です。
|
||||
使用前にディスプレイをクリアすることをお勧めします。
|
||||
そのためには、`lcd_clrscr()` を呼びます。
|
||||
|
||||
ディスプレイに何かを表示するには、最初に `lcd_gotoxy(column, line)` を呼びます。最初の行の先頭に移動するには、`lcd_gotoxy(0, 0)` を呼び出し、その後 `lcd_puts("example string")` を使って文字列を出力します。
|
||||
|
||||
ディスプレイを制御することができる、より多くのメソッドがあります。[詳細なドキュメントについてはリンクされたページをご覧ください](http://homepage.hispeed.ch/peterfleury/doxygen/avr-gcc-libraries/group__pfleury__lcd.html) (訳注)原文のリンク先のページは、サービスの終了に伴って削除されています。移行先は (http://www.peterfleury.epizy.com/doxygen/avr-gcc-libraries/group__pfleury__lcd.html) と思われます。
|
27
docs/ja/feature_key_lock.md
Normal file
27
docs/ja/feature_key_lock.md
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
|
||||
# キーロック
|
||||
|
||||
<!---
|
||||
original document: 0.8.134:docs/feature_key_lock.md
|
||||
git diff 0.8.134 HEAD -- docs/feature_key_lock.md | cat
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
特定のキーを長時間押すことが必要になる場合があります。キーロックは次に押すキーを押したままにします。もう一度押すと、リリースされます。
|
||||
|
||||
いくつかの文を全て大文字で入力する必要があるとしましょう。`KC_LOCK` を押し、次にシフトを押します。これで、シフトは次にタップするまで押していると見なされます。キーロックを Caps Lock と考えることができますが、さらに強力です。
|
||||
|
||||
## 使用法
|
||||
|
||||
最初に `rules.mk` で `KEY_LOCK_ENABLE = yes` を設定することでキーロックを有効にします。次に、キーマップでキーを選択し、それをキーコード `KC_LOCK` に割り当てます。
|
||||
|
||||
## キーコード
|
||||
|
||||
| キーコード | 説明 |
|
||||
|---------|--------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| `KC_LOCK` | キーが再び押されるまで次のキーを押したままにします。 |
|
||||
|
||||
## 注意事項
|
||||
|
||||
キーロックは、標準アクションキーと[ワンショットモディファイア](ja/one_shot_keys.md)キー (例えば、Shift を `OSM(KC_LSFT)` と定義した場合)のみを押し続けることができます。
|
||||
これは、QMK の特殊機能(ワンショットモディファイアを除く)、または `KC_LPRN` のような shift を押されたキーのバージョンは含みません。[基本的なキーコード](ja/keycodes_basic.md)リストにある場合、押したままにすることができます。
|
||||
|
||||
レイヤーの切り替えは、キーロックを解除しません。
|
114
docs/ja/feature_layouts.md
Normal file
114
docs/ja/feature_layouts.md
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
|
||||
# レイアウト: 複数のキーボードで1つのキーマップを使用
|
||||
|
||||
<!---
|
||||
original document: 0.8.134:docs/feature_layouts.md
|
||||
git diff 0.8.134 HEAD -- docs/feature_layouts.md | cat
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
`layouts/` フォルダは、様々なキーボードに適用できる色々な物理キーレイアウトを含みます。
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
layouts/
|
||||
+ default/
|
||||
| + 60_ansi/
|
||||
| | + readme.md
|
||||
| | + layout.json
|
||||
| | + a_good_keymap/
|
||||
| | | + keymap.c
|
||||
| | | + readme.md
|
||||
| | | + config.h
|
||||
| | | + rules.mk
|
||||
| | + <keymap folder>/
|
||||
| | + ...
|
||||
| + <layout folder>/
|
||||
+ community/
|
||||
| + <layout folder>/
|
||||
| + ...
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
`layouts/default/` と `layouts/community/` は、レイアウト「repositories」の2つの例です。現在のところ、`default` にはユーザの参考用に、レイアウトに関する全ての情報および、`default_<layout>` という名前の1つのデフォルトのキーマップが含まれています。`community` には全ての共有キーマップが含まれており、それらはユーザが `layouts/` にクローンするための別のリポジトリに分割することを最終的な目的としていますQMK は `layouts/` 内のすべてのフォルダを検索するため、ここに複数のリポジトリを持つことができます。
|
||||
|
||||
各レイアウトフォルダは、レイアウトの物理的な側面に基づいて、可能な限り一般的な名称で(`[a-z0-9_]`)という名前が付けられ、キーボードで定義されるレイアウトと一緒に `readme.md` を含みます。
|
||||
|
||||
```md
|
||||
# 60_ansi
|
||||
|
||||
LAYOUT_60_ansi
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
新しい名前は既存のレイアウトで設定された標準に準拠しようと努力する必要があり、必要に応じて PR/Issue で議論することができます。
|
||||
|
||||
## レイアウトのサポート
|
||||
|
||||
キーボードがレイアウトをサポートするために、変数は `<keyboard>.h` で定義し、引数/キー (できれば物理レイアウト)の数に一致している必要があります。
|
||||
|
||||
#define LAYOUT_60_ansi KEYMAP_ANSI
|
||||
|
||||
レイアウトの名前は次の正規表現に一致しなければなりません: `[a-z0-9_]+`
|
||||
|
||||
フォルダ名はキーボードの `rules.mk` に追加する必要があります:
|
||||
|
||||
LAYOUTS = 60_ansi
|
||||
|
||||
`LAYOUTS` は任意のキーボードフォルダレべルの `rules.mk` に設定することができます:
|
||||
|
||||
LAYOUTS = 60_iso
|
||||
|
||||
ただし、`LAYOUT_<layout>` 変数は `<folder>.h` でも定義する必要があります。
|
||||
|
||||
## キーマップのビルド
|
||||
|
||||
以下の形式でコマンドを使ってキーボードキーマップを作成できるはずです:
|
||||
|
||||
make <keyboard>:<layout>
|
||||
|
||||
### レイアウトの競合
|
||||
キーボードが複数のレイアウトオプションをサポートし、
|
||||
|
||||
LAYOUTS = ortho_4x4 ortho_4x12
|
||||
|
||||
なおかつ両方のオプションについてレイアウトが存在する場合、
|
||||
```
|
||||
layouts/
|
||||
+ community/
|
||||
| + ortho_4x4/
|
||||
| | + <layout>/
|
||||
| | | + ...
|
||||
| + ortho_4x12/
|
||||
| | + <layout>/
|
||||
| | | + ...
|
||||
| + ...
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
FORCE_LAYOUT 引数はどのレイアウトをビルドするかを指定するために使うことができます
|
||||
|
||||
make <keyboard>:<layout> FORCE_LAYOUT=ortho_4x4
|
||||
make <keyboard>:<layout> FORCE_LAYOUT=ortho_4x12
|
||||
|
||||
## キーボードに依存しないレイアウトを作成するためのヒント
|
||||
|
||||
### インクルード
|
||||
|
||||
`#include "planck.h"` を使う代わりに、以下の行を使ってコンパイルされる `<keyboard>.h` (`<folder>.h` はここでインクルードすべきではありません)ファイルをインクルードすることができます:
|
||||
|
||||
#include QMK_KEYBOARD_H
|
||||
|
||||
キーボード固有のコードを保持したい場合は、これらの変数を使って `#ifdef` 文でエスケープすることができます:
|
||||
|
||||
* `KEYBOARD_<folder1>_<folder2>`
|
||||
|
||||
例えば:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#ifdef KEYBOARD_planck
|
||||
#ifdef KEYBOARD_planck_rev4
|
||||
planck_rev4_function();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
名前は小文字でキーボード/リビジョンのフォルダ/ファイル名と正確に一致することに注意してください。
|
||||
|
||||
### キーマップ
|
||||
|
||||
同じレイアウトで分割および非分割キーボードをサポートするためには、キーマップでキーボード非依存の `LAYOUT_<layout name>` マクロを使う必要があります。例えば、Let's Split および Planck が同じレイアウトを共有するには、`LAYOUT_planck_grid` や C 配列の場合の単なる `{}` の代わりに、`LAYOUT_ortho_4x12` を使う必要があります。
|
151
docs/ja/feature_leader_key.md
Normal file
151
docs/ja/feature_leader_key.md
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
|
||||
# リーダーキー: 新しい種類のモディファイア
|
||||
|
||||
<!---
|
||||
original document: 0.8.134:docs/feature_leader_key.md
|
||||
git diff 0.8.134 HEAD -- docs/feature_leader_key.md | cat
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
もしあなたが Vim を使ったことがある場合、リーダーキーは何であるかを知っています。そうでなければ、素晴らしい概念を発見しようとしています。:) 例えば、Alt+Shift+W を押す(3つのキーを同時に押す)代わりに、キーの_シーケンス_を押すことができたらどうでしょう?つまり、特別なモディファイア (リーダーキー)を押して、続けて W と C を押すと (単純にキーを高速に繋げます)、何かが起こります。
|
||||
|
||||
それが `KC_LEAD` の機能です。以下は例です:
|
||||
|
||||
1. リーダーキーとして使いたいキーボードのキーを選択します。それにキーコード `KC_LEAD` を割り当てます。このキーはこのためだけの専用です -- 単一アクションのキーで、他の用途には使うことができません。
|
||||
2. `config.h` に `#define LEADER_TIMEOUT 300` という行を追加します。これによって `KC_LEAD` キーのタイムアウトを設定します。具体的には、`KC_LEAD` キーを押してからリーダーキーのシーケンスを完了するまで一定の時間しかありません。ここでの `300` はそれを300msに設定します。この値を増やして、シーケンスを入力する時間を増やすことができます。ただし、この時間中に押されたキーは全て途中で遮られ、送信されません。そのためこの値は小さくしておいたほうが良いかもしれません。
|
||||
* デフォルトでは、このタイムアウトは、`KC_LEAD` を押してからシーケンス全体が完了するまでに掛かる時間です。これは一部の人にとっては非常に短いかもしれません。そのため、このタイムアウトを増やしたほうが良い場合もあります。必要に応じて、`LEADER_PER_KEY_TIMING` オプションを有効にしたほうが良い場合もあります。これは各キーがタップされる度にタイムアウトまでの時間をリセットする機能です。これにより、タイムアウト時間を短くしつつも、比較的長いシーケンスを使うことができます。このオプションを有効にするには、`config.h` に `#define LEADER_PER_KEY_TIMING` を追加します。
|
||||
3. `matrix_scan_user` 関数の中で、以下のようなものを追加します:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
LEADER_EXTERNS();
|
||||
|
||||
void matrix_scan_user(void) {
|
||||
LEADER_DICTIONARY() {
|
||||
leading = false;
|
||||
leader_end();
|
||||
|
||||
SEQ_ONE_KEY(KC_F) {
|
||||
// マクロ内でできること
|
||||
SEND_STRING("QMK is awesome.");
|
||||
}
|
||||
SEQ_TWO_KEYS(KC_D, KC_D) {
|
||||
SEND_STRING(SS_LCTL("a") SS_LCTL("c"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
SEQ_THREE_KEYS(KC_D, KC_D, KC_S) {
|
||||
SEND_STRING("https://start.duckduckgo.com\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
SEQ_TWO_KEYS(KC_A, KC_S) {
|
||||
register_code(KC_LGUI);
|
||||
register_code(KC_S);
|
||||
unregister_code(KC_S);
|
||||
unregister_code(KC_LGUI);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
ご覧のとおり、幾つかの関数があります。`SEQ_ONE_KEY` を単一キーシーケンス (リーダーの後に1つのキーのみ)に使い、より長いシーケンスについては `SEQ_TWO_KEYS`、`SEQ_THREE_KEYS` から `SEQ_FIVE_KEYS` を使うことができます。
|
||||
|
||||
これらはそれぞれ1つ以上のキーコードを引数として受け付けます。これは重要な点です: **キーボードの任意のレイヤー**のキーコードを使うことができます。当たり前ですが、リーダーマクロが発動するにはそのレイヤーがアクティブである必要があります
|
||||
|
||||
## `rules.mk` にリーダーキーサポートを追加
|
||||
|
||||
リーダーキーのサポートを追加するには、単純にキーマップの `rules.mk` に1行を追加します:
|
||||
|
||||
```make
|
||||
LEADER_ENABLE = yes
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
## リーダーキーのキーごとのタイミング
|
||||
|
||||
長いリーダーキー文字列のためや 200wpm のタイピングスキルが無い場合に、非常に長いタイムアウト時間に頼るのではなく、キーを押すごとに入力を完了するまでの時間を増やす機能を使用することができます。これは、リーダーキーを使ってタップダンスを再現する場合に非常に役立ちます (C, C, C のような同じキーを複数回タップする場合)。
|
||||
|
||||
これを有効にするには、以下を `config.h` に配置します:
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define LEADER_PER_KEY_TIMING
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
この後、`LEADER_TIMEOUT` を 300ms 未満に下げることをお勧めします。
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define LEADER_TIMEOUT 250
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
これで、リーダーキーのタイムアウト時間を 1000ms に設定することなく以下のようなことが可能になると思われます。
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
SEQ_THREE_KEYS(KC_C, KC_C, KC_C) {
|
||||
SEND_STRING("Per key timing is great!!!");
|
||||
}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
## 厳密なキー処理
|
||||
|
||||
デフォルトでは、リーダーキー機能は、リーダーシーケンスの確認時に [`モッドタップ`](ja/mod_tap.md) および [`レイヤータップ`](ja/feature_layers.md#switching-and-toggling-layers) 機能からのキーコードをフィルターします。つまり、`LT(3, KC_A)` を使っている場合、`LT(3, KC_A)` ではなくシーケンスの `KC_A` として取り出され、新しいユーザにとってより期待される動作を提供します。
|
||||
|
||||
ほとんどの場合これで問題ありませんが、シーケンスでキーコード全体(例えば、上の例での `LT(3, KC_A)`) を指定したい場合は、`config.h` ファイルに `#define LEADER_KEY_STRICT_KEY_PROCESSING` を追加することこのような機能を有効にすることができます。これでフィルタリングが無効になり、キーコード全体を指定する必要があります。
|
||||
|
||||
## カスタマイズ
|
||||
|
||||
リーダーキー機能には、リーダーキー機能の動作にいくらかのカスタマイズを追加する方法があります。リーダーキー機能のプロセスの特定の部分で呼び出すことができる2つの関数、`leader_start()` と `leader_end()` です。
|
||||
|
||||
`KC_LEAD` キーがタップされた時に `leader_start()` 関数が呼ばれ、リーダーシーケンスが完了するか、リーダータイムアウトの時間に達した時に `leader_end()` 関数が呼ばれます。
|
||||
|
||||
リーダーシーケンスにフィードバック(ビープまたは音楽を再生するなど)を追加するために、これらの関数をコード (通常 は`keymap.c`)に追加することができます。
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
void leader_start(void) {
|
||||
// シーケンスの開始
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void leader_end(void) {
|
||||
// シーケンスの終了 (成功しない/失敗を検知)
|
||||
}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### 例
|
||||
|
||||
この例では、リーダーシーケンスを開始するために `KC_LEAD` を押すとマリオの "One Up" 音が再生され、正常に完了した場合は "All Star" が再生され、失敗した場合は "Rick Roll" を再生されます。
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
bool did_leader_succeed;
|
||||
#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
|
||||
float leader_start[][2] = SONG(ONE_UP_SOUND );
|
||||
float leader_succeed[][2] = SONG(ALL_STAR);
|
||||
float leader_fail[][2] = SONG(RICK_ROLL);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
LEADER_EXTERNS();
|
||||
|
||||
void matrix_scan_user(void) {
|
||||
LEADER_DICTIONARY() {
|
||||
did_leader_succeed = leading = false;
|
||||
|
||||
SEQ_ONE_KEY(KC_E) {
|
||||
// マクロ内でできること
|
||||
SEND_STRING(SS_LCTL(SS_LSFT("t")));
|
||||
did_leader_succeed = true;
|
||||
} else
|
||||
SEQ_TWO_KEYS(KC_E, KC_D) {
|
||||
SEND_STRING(SS_LGUI("r") "cmd\n" SS_LCTL("c"));
|
||||
did_leader_succeed = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
leader_end();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void leader_start(void) {
|
||||
#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
|
||||
PLAY_SONG(leader_start);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void leader_end(void) {
|
||||
if (did_leader_succeed) {
|
||||
#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
|
||||
PLAY_SONG(leader_succeed);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
|
||||
PLAY_SONG(leader_fail);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
```
|
95
docs/ja/feature_led_matrix.md
Normal file
95
docs/ja/feature_led_matrix.md
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
|
||||
# LED マトリックスライト
|
||||
|
||||
<!---
|
||||
original document: 0.8.141:docs/feature_led_matrix.md
|
||||
git diff 0.8.141 HEAD -- docs/feature_led_matrix.md | cat
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
この機能により、外部ドライバによって駆動される LED マトリックスを使うことができます。この機能は、バックライト制御と同じキーコードを使えるようにするため、バックライトシステムに接続します。
|
||||
|
||||
RGB LED を使いたい場合は、代わりに [RGB マトリックスサブシステム](ja/feature_rgb_matrix.md) を使うべきです。
|
||||
|
||||
## ドライバ設定
|
||||
|
||||
### IS31FL3731
|
||||
|
||||
I2C IS31FL3731 RGB コントローラを使ったアドレス指定可能な LED マトリックスライトのための基本的なサポートがあります:有効にするには、`rules.mk` に以下を追加します:
|
||||
|
||||
LED_MATRIX_ENABLE = IS31FL3731
|
||||
|
||||
1から4個の IS31FL3731 IC を使うことができます。キーボード上に存在しない IC の `LED_DRIVER_ADDR_<N>` 定義を指定しないでください。`config.h` に以下の項目を定義することができます:
|
||||
|
||||
| 変数 | 説明 | デフォルト |
|
||||
|----------|-------------|---------|
|
||||
| `ISSI_TIMEOUT` | (オプション) i2c メッセージを待つ時間 | 100 |
|
||||
| `ISSI_PERSISTENCE` | (オプション) 失敗したメッセージをこの回数再試行する | 0 |
|
||||
| `LED_DRIVER_COUNT` | (必須) LED ドライバ IC の数 | |
|
||||
| `LED_DRIVER_LED_COUNT` | (必須) 全てのドライバの LED ライトの数 | |
|
||||
| `LED_DRIVER_ADDR_1` | (必須) 最初の LED ドライバのアドレス | |
|
||||
| `LED_DRIVER_ADDR_2` | (オプション) 2番目の LED ドライバのアドレス | |
|
||||
| `LED_DRIVER_ADDR_3` | (オプション) 3番目の LED ドライバのアドレス | |
|
||||
| `LED_DRIVER_ADDR_4` | (オプション) 4番目の LED ドライバのアドレス | |
|
||||
|
||||
2つのドライバを使う例です。
|
||||
|
||||
// これは7ビットのアドレスで、左シフトされます
|
||||
// ビット0に0を設定すると書き込み、1を設定すると読み込みです (I2C プロトコルに従う)
|
||||
// アドレスは配線によって変わります:
|
||||
// 0b1110100 AD <-> GND
|
||||
// 0b1110111 AD <-> VCC
|
||||
// 0b1110101 AD <-> SCL
|
||||
// 0b1110110 AD <-> SDA
|
||||
#define LED_DRIVER_ADDR_1 0b1110100
|
||||
#define LED_DRIVER_ADDR_2 0b1110110
|
||||
|
||||
#define LED_DRIVER_COUNT 2
|
||||
#define LED_DRIVER_1_LED_COUNT 25
|
||||
#define LED_DRIVER_2_LED_COUNT 24
|
||||
#define LED_DRIVER_LED_COUNT LED_DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL + LED_DRIVER_2_LED_TOTAL
|
||||
|
||||
現在、2つのドライバのみがサポートされますが、4つの組み合わせ全てをサポートすることは簡単です。
|
||||
|
||||
`<keyboard>.c` に全ての LED を列挙する配列を定義します:
|
||||
|
||||
const is31_led g_is31_leds[DRIVER_LED_TOTAL] = {
|
||||
/* これらの位置については IS31 マニュアルを参照してください
|
||||
* driver
|
||||
* | LED address
|
||||
* | | */
|
||||
{0, C3_3},
|
||||
....
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ここで、`Cx_y` は[データシート](http://www.issi.com/WW/pdf/31FL3731.pdf)およびヘッダファイル `drivers/issi/is31fl3731-simple.h` で定義されるマトリックス内の LED の位置です。`driver` は `config.h` で定義したドライバのインデックス(`0`、`1`、`2`、`3`のいずれか)です。
|
||||
|
||||
## キーコード
|
||||
|
||||
現在のところ、全ての LED マトリックスのキーコードは[バックライトシステム](ja/feature_backlight.md)と共有されます。
|
||||
|
||||
## LED マトリックス効果
|
||||
|
||||
現在のところ、LED マトリックス効果は作成されていません。
|
||||
|
||||
## カスタムレイヤー効果
|
||||
|
||||
カスタムレイヤー効果は `<keyboard>.c` 内で以下を定義することで行うことができます:
|
||||
|
||||
void led_matrix_indicators_kb(void) {
|
||||
led_matrix_set_index_value(index, value);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
同様の関数がキーマップ内で `led_matrix_indicators_user` として動作します。
|
||||
|
||||
## サスペンド状態
|
||||
|
||||
サスペンド機能を使うには、以下を `<keyboard>.c` に追加します:
|
||||
|
||||
void suspend_power_down_kb(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
led_matrix_set_suspend_state(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void suspend_wakeup_init_kb(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
led_matrix_set_suspend_state(false);
|
||||
}
|
127
docs/ja/feature_mouse_keys.md
Normal file
127
docs/ja/feature_mouse_keys.md
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
|
||||
# マウスキー
|
||||
|
||||
<!---
|
||||
original document: 0.8.141:docs/feature_mouse_keys.md
|
||||
git diff 0.8.141 HEAD -- docs/feature_mouse_keys.md | cat
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
マウスキーは、キーボードを使ってマウスをエミュレートできる機能です。様々な速度でポインタを移動し、5つのボタンを押し、8方向にスクロールすることができます。
|
||||
|
||||
## キーボードにマウスキーを追加
|
||||
|
||||
マウスキーを使うためには、少なくともマウスキーサポートを有効にし、マウスアクションをキーボードのキーにマップする必要があります。
|
||||
|
||||
### マウスキーを有効にする
|
||||
|
||||
マウスキーを有効にするには、キーマップの `rules.mk` に以下の行を追加します:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### マウスアクションのマッピング
|
||||
|
||||
キーマップでキー押下をマウスアクションにマップするために、以下のキーコードを使うことができます:
|
||||
|
||||
| キー | エイリアス | 説明 |
|
||||
|----------------|---------|-----------------|
|
||||
| `KC_MS_UP` | `KC_MS_U` | カーソルを上に移動 |
|
||||
| `KC_MS_DOWN` | `KC_MS_D` | カーソルを下に移動 |
|
||||
| `KC_MS_LEFT` | `KC_MS_L` | カーソルを左に移動 |
|
||||
| `KC_MS_RIGHT` | `KC_MS_R` | カーソルを右に移動 |
|
||||
| `KC_MS_BTN1` | `KC_BTN1` | ボタン1を押す |
|
||||
| `KC_MS_BTN2` | `KC_BTN2` | ボタン2を押す |
|
||||
| `KC_MS_BTN3` | `KC_BTN3` | ボタン3を押す |
|
||||
| `KC_MS_BTN4` | `KC_BTN4` | ボタン4を押す |
|
||||
| `KC_MS_BTN5` | `KC_BTN5` | ボタン5を押す |
|
||||
| `KC_MS_WH_UP` | `KC_WH_U` | ホイールを向こう側に回転 |
|
||||
| `KC_MS_WH_DOWN` | `KC_WH_D` | ホイールを手前側に回転 |
|
||||
| `KC_MS_WH_LEFT` | `KC_WH_L` | ホイールを左に倒す |
|
||||
| `KC_MS_WH_RIGHT` | `KC_WH_R` | ホイールを右に倒す |
|
||||
| `KC_MS_ACCEL0` | `KC_ACL0` | 速度を0に設定 |
|
||||
| `KC_MS_ACCEL1` | `KC_ACL1` | 速度を1に設定 |
|
||||
| `KC_MS_ACCEL2` | `KC_ACL2` | 速度を2に設定 |
|
||||
|
||||
## マウスキーの設定
|
||||
|
||||
マウスキーはカーソルを移動するための2つの異なるモードをサポートします:
|
||||
|
||||
* **加速 (デフォルト):** 移動キーを押したままにすると、カーソルが最大速度に達するまでカーソルを加速します。
|
||||
* **定速:** 移動キーを押したままにすると、カーソルを一定の速度で移動します。
|
||||
|
||||
同じ原則がスクロールにも適用されます。
|
||||
|
||||
時間、間隔、遅延の設定オプションは、ミリ秒で指定されます。スクロール速度はデフォルトスクロールステップの倍数として渡されます。例えば、スクロール速度8は、各スクロールアクションがオペレーティングシステムまたはアプリケーションで定義されるデフォルトのスクロールステップの8倍の距離進むことを意味します。
|
||||
|
||||
### 加速モード
|
||||
|
||||
これはデフォルトのモードです。キーマップの `config.h` ファイルの以下の設定を使ってカーソルとスクロールの加速を調整することができます:
|
||||
|
||||
| 定義 | デフォルト | 説明 |
|
||||
|----------------------------|-------|---------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| `MOUSEKEY_DELAY` | 300 | 移動キーを押してからカーソルが移動するまでの遅延 |
|
||||
| `MOUSEKEY_INTERVAL` | 50 | カーソル移動間の時間 |
|
||||
| `MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED` | 10 | 加速が停止する最大のカーソル速度 |
|
||||
| `MOUSEKEY_TIME_TO_MAX` | 20 | 最大カーソル速度に達するまでの時間 |
|
||||
| `MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_DELAY` | 300 | ホイールキーを押してからホイールが動くまでの遅延 |
|
||||
| `MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_INTERVAL` | 100 | ホイールの動きの間の時間 |
|
||||
| `MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_MAX_SPEED` | 8 | スクロールアクションごとのスクロールステップの最大数 |
|
||||
| `MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_TIME_TO_MAX` | 40 | 最大スクロール速度に達するまでの時間 |
|
||||
|
||||
ヒント:
|
||||
|
||||
* `MOUSEKEY_DELAY` の設定が低すぎるとカーソルが応答しなくなります。設定が高すぎると小さな動きが難しくなります。
|
||||
* カーソルの動きをスムーズにするには、`MOUSEKEY_INTERVAL` の値を低くします。ディスプレイのリフレッシュレートが60Hzの場合、`16` (1/60) に設定することができます。これによりカーソルの速度が大幅に向上するため、`MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED` を下げた方が良いかもしれません。
|
||||
* `MOUSEKEY_TIME_TO_MAX` または `MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_TIME_TO_MAX` を `0` に設定すると、それぞれカーソルの速度またはスクロールの加速が無効になります。この方法では、一方を加速しながら他方を一定にすることができますが、これは定速モードでは不可能です。
|
||||
* `MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_INTERVAL` の設定が低すぎるとスクロールがとても速くなります。設定が高すぎるとホイールキーを押したままにした時にスクロールがとても遅くなります
|
||||
|
||||
カーソルの加速は、X Window System MouseKeysAccel 機能と同じアルゴリズムを使います。詳細については [Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mouse_keys) をご覧ください。
|
||||
|
||||
### 定速モード
|
||||
|
||||
このモードでは、カーソルおよびマウスホイールの両方について複数の異なる速度を定義することができます。加速はありません。`KC_ACL0`、`KC_ACL1` および `KC_ACL2` は、カーソルとスクロールの速度をそれぞれの設定に変更します。
|
||||
|
||||
速度の選択は、一時的とタップ選択のどちらかを選べます:
|
||||
|
||||
* **一時的:** 選択された速度は、それぞれのキーを押している間のみアクティブになります。キーを放すと、マウスキーは変更される前の速度に戻ります。
|
||||
* **タップ選択:** それぞれのキーを押すと選択された速度がアクティブになり、キーを放した後もアクティブのままになります。デフォルトの速度は `KC_ACL1` です。未変更の速度はありません。
|
||||
|
||||
最も遅い速度から最も速い速度までのデフォルトの速度は以下の通りです:
|
||||
|
||||
* **一時的:** `KC_ACL0` < `KC_ACL1` < *変更無し* < `KC_ACL2`
|
||||
* **タップ選択:** `KC_ACL0` < `KC_ACL1` < `KC_ACL2`
|
||||
|
||||
定速モードを使うには、少なくともキーマップの keymaps ディレクトリの `config.h` ファイルに `MK_3_SPEED` を定義する必要があります。
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define MK_3_SPEED
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
一時的モードを有効にするには、`MK_MOMENTARY_ACCEL` も定義します:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define MK_MOMENTARY_ACCEL
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
カーソル移動あるいはスクロールを調整する場合は、以下の設定を使います:
|
||||
|
||||
| 定義 | デフォルト | 説明 |
|
||||
|---------------------|-------------|-------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| `MK_3_SPEED` | *定義なし* | 定速カーソルを有効にする |
|
||||
| `MK_MOMENTARY_ACCEL` | *定義なし* | 一時的モードを有効にする |
|
||||
| `MK_C_OFFSET_UNMOD` | 16 | 移動ごとのカーソルオフセット (変更無し) |
|
||||
| `MK_C_INTERVAL_UNMOD` | 16 | カーソルの移動間の時間 (変更無し) |
|
||||
| `MK_C_OFFSET_0` | 1 | 移動ごとのカーソルオフセット (`KC_ACL0`) |
|
||||
| `MK_C_INTERVAL_0` | 32 | カーソル移動間の時間 (`KC_ACL0`) |
|
||||
| `MK_C_OFFSET_1` | 4 | 移動ごとのカーソルオフセット (`KC_ACL1`) |
|
||||
| `MK_C_INTERVAL_1` | 16 | カーソル移動間の時間 (`KC_ACL1`) |
|
||||
| `MK_C_OFFSET_2` | 32 | 移動ごとのカーソルオフセット (`KC_ACL2`) |
|
||||
| `MK_C_INTERVAL_2` | 16 | カーソル移動間の時間 (`KC_ACL2`) |
|
||||
| `MK_W_OFFSET_UNMOD` | 1 | スクロールアクションごとのスクロールステップ (変更無し) |
|
||||
| `MK_W_INTERVAL_UNMOD` | 40 | スクロールステップ間の時間 (変更無し) |
|
||||
| `MK_W_OFFSET_0` | 1 | スクロールアクションごとのスクロールステップ (`KC_ACL0`) |
|
||||
| `MK_W_INTERVAL_0` | 360 | スクロールステップ間の時間 (`KC_ACL0`) |
|
||||
| `MK_W_OFFSET_1` | 1 | スクロールアクションごとのスクロールステップ (`KC_ACL1`) |
|
||||
| `MK_W_INTERVAL_1` | 120 | スクロールステップ間の時間 (`KC_ACL1`) |
|
||||
| `MK_W_OFFSET_2` | 1 | スクロールアクションごとのスクロールステップ (`KC_ACL2`) |
|
||||
| `MK_W_INTERVAL_2` | 20 | スクロールステップ間の時間 (`KC_ACL2`) |
|
49
docs/ja/feature_pointing_device.md
Normal file
49
docs/ja/feature_pointing_device.md
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
|
||||
# ポインティングデバイス :id=pointing-device
|
||||
|
||||
<!---
|
||||
original document: 0.8.182:docs/feature_pointing_device.md
|
||||
git diff 0.8.182 HEAD -- docs/feature_pointing_device.md | cat
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
ポインティングデバイスは汎用的な機能の総称です: システムポインタを移動します。マウスキーのような他のオプションも確かにありますが、これは簡単に変更可能で軽量であることを目指しています。機能を制御するためにカスタムキーを実装したり、他の周辺機器から情報を収集してここに直接挿入したりできます - QMK に処理を任せてください。
|
||||
|
||||
ポインティングデバイスを有効にするには、rules.mk の以下の行のコメントを解除します:
|
||||
|
||||
```makefile
|
||||
POINTING_DEVICE_ENABLE = yes
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
マウスレポートを操作するために、以下の関数を使うことができます:
|
||||
|
||||
* `pointing_device_get_report()` - ホストコンピュータに送信された情報を表す現在の report_mouse_t を返します。
|
||||
* `pointing_device_set_report(report_mouse_t newMouseReport)` - ホストコンピュータに送信される report_mouse_t を上書き保存します。
|
||||
|
||||
report_mouse_t (ここでは "mouseReport") が以下のプロパティを持つことを覚えておいてください:
|
||||
|
||||
* `mouseReport.x` - これは、x軸の動き(+ 右へ、- 左へ)を表す -127 から 127 (128ではなく、USB HID 仕様で定義されています)の符号付き整数です。
|
||||
* `mouseReport.y` - これは、y軸の動き(+ 上へ、- 下へ)を表す -127 から 127 (128ではなく、USB HID 仕様で定義されています)の符号付き整数です。
|
||||
* `mouseReport.v` - これは、垂直スクロール(+ 上へ、- 下へ)を表す -127 から 127 (128ではなく、USB HID 仕様で定義されています)の符号付き整数です。
|
||||
* `mouseReport.h` - これは、水平スクロール(+ 右へ、- 左へ)を表す -127 から 127 (128ではなく、USB HID 仕様で定義されています)の符号付き整数です。
|
||||
* `mouseReport.buttons` - これは uint8_t で、上位の5ビットを使っています。これらのビットはマウスボタンの状態を表します - ビット 3 はマウスボタン 5、ビット 7 はマウスボタン 1 です。
|
||||
|
||||
マウスレポートが送信されると、x、y、v、h のいずれの値も 0 に設定されます (これは "pointing_device_send()" で行われます。この挙動を回避するためにオーバーライドすることができます)。このように、ボタンの状態は持続しますが、動きは1度だけ起こります。さらにカスタマイズするために、`pointing_device_init` と `pointing_device_task` のどちらもオーバーライドすることができます。
|
||||
|
||||
以下の例では、カスタムキーを使ってマウスをクリックし垂直および水平方向に127単位スクロールし、リリースされた時にそれを全て元に戻します - なぜならこれは完全に便利な機能だからです。いいですか、以下はひとつの例です:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
case MS_SPECIAL:
|
||||
report_mouse_t currentReport = pointing_device_get_report();
|
||||
if (record->event.pressed) {
|
||||
currentReport.v = 127;
|
||||
currentReport.h = 127;
|
||||
currentReport.buttons |= MOUSE_BTN1; // this is defined in report.h
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
currentReport.v = -127;
|
||||
currentReport.h = -127;
|
||||
currentReport.buttons &= ~MOUSE_BTN1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
pointing_device_set_report(currentReport);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
マウスレポートは送信されるたびに 0 (ボタンを除く)に設定されることを思い出してください。そのため、スクロールはそれぞれの場合に1度だけ発生します。
|
293
docs/ja/feature_ps2_mouse.md
Normal file
293
docs/ja/feature_ps2_mouse.md
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
|
||||
# PS/2 マウスサポート :id=ps2-mouse-support
|
||||
|
||||
<!---
|
||||
original document: 0.8.147:docs/feature_ps2_mouse.md
|
||||
git diff 0.8.147 HEAD -- docs/feature_ps2_mouse.md | cat
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
PS/2 マウス (例えばタッチパッドあるいはトラックポイント)を複合デバイスとしてキーボードに接続することができます。
|
||||
|
||||
トラックポイントを接続するには、トラックポイントモジュールを入手し (つまり、Thinkpad キーボードから部品を取って)、モジュールの各ピンの機能を特定し、コントローラとトラックポイントモジュールの間に必要な回路を作成する必要があります。詳細については、Deskthority Wiki の[トラックポイントハードウェア](https://deskthority.net/wiki/TrackPoint_Hardware)ページを参照してください。
|
||||
|
||||
PS/2 デバイスの接続は、USART(最善)、割り込み(次善)、 または busywait(非推奨)の3つのやり方が有ります。
|
||||
|
||||
## トラックポイントとコントローラ間の回路 :id=the-circuitry-between-trackpoint-and-controller
|
||||
|
||||
動作させるには、DATA と CLK のふたつのラインを 4.7k の抵抗で 5V にプルアップしてやる必要があります。
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
DATA ----------+--------- PIN
|
||||
|
|
||||
4.7K
|
||||
|
|
||||
MODULE 5+ --------+--+--------- PWR CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
|
||||
4.7K
|
||||
|
|
||||
CLK ------+------------ PIN
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Busywait バージョン :id=busywait-version
|
||||
|
||||
注意: これは非推奨です。ギクシャクした動きや、未送信の入力が発生するかもしれません。可能であれば、割り込みまたは USART バージョンを使ってください。
|
||||
|
||||
rules.mk で:
|
||||
|
||||
```makefile
|
||||
PS2_MOUSE_ENABLE = yes
|
||||
PS2_USE_BUSYWAIT = yes
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
キーボードの config.h で:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#ifdef PS2_USE_BUSYWAIT
|
||||
# define PS2_CLOCK_PORT PORTD
|
||||
# define PS2_CLOCK_PIN PIND
|
||||
# define PS2_CLOCK_DDR DDRD
|
||||
# define PS2_CLOCK_BIT 1
|
||||
# define PS2_DATA_PORT PORTD
|
||||
# define PS2_DATA_PIN PIND
|
||||
# define PS2_DATA_DDR DDRD
|
||||
# define PS2_DATA_BIT 2
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
## 割り込みバージョン :id=interrupt-version
|
||||
|
||||
以下の例はクロックのために D2 を、データのために D5 を使います。クロックには任意の INT あるいは PCINT ピンを、データには任意のピンを使うことができます。
|
||||
|
||||
rules.mk で:
|
||||
|
||||
```makefile
|
||||
PS2_MOUSE_ENABLE = yes
|
||||
PS2_USE_INT = yes
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
キーボードの config.h で:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#ifdef PS2_USE_INT
|
||||
#define PS2_CLOCK_PORT PORTD
|
||||
#define PS2_CLOCK_PIN PIND
|
||||
#define PS2_CLOCK_DDR DDRD
|
||||
#define PS2_CLOCK_BIT 2
|
||||
#define PS2_DATA_PORT PORTD
|
||||
#define PS2_DATA_PIN PIND
|
||||
#define PS2_DATA_DDR DDRD
|
||||
#define PS2_DATA_BIT 5
|
||||
|
||||
#define PS2_INT_INIT() do { \
|
||||
EICRA |= ((1<<ISC21) | \
|
||||
(0<<ISC20)); \
|
||||
} while (0)
|
||||
#define PS2_INT_ON() do { \
|
||||
EIMSK |= (1<<INT2); \
|
||||
} while (0)
|
||||
#define PS2_INT_OFF() do { \
|
||||
EIMSK &= ~(1<<INT2); \
|
||||
} while (0)
|
||||
#define PS2_INT_VECT INT2_vect
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
## USART バージョン :id=usart-version
|
||||
|
||||
ATMega32u4 で USART を使うには、クロックのために PD5 を、データのために PD2 を使う必要があります。それらのいずれかが利用できない場合は、割り込みバージョンを使う必要があります。
|
||||
|
||||
rules.mk で:
|
||||
|
||||
```makefile
|
||||
PS2_MOUSE_ENABLE = yes
|
||||
PS2_USE_USART = yes
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
キーボードの config.h で:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#ifdef PS2_USE_USART
|
||||
#define PS2_CLOCK_PORT PORTD
|
||||
#define PS2_CLOCK_PIN PIND
|
||||
#define PS2_CLOCK_DDR DDRD
|
||||
#define PS2_CLOCK_BIT 5
|
||||
#define PS2_DATA_PORT PORTD
|
||||
#define PS2_DATA_PIN PIND
|
||||
#define PS2_DATA_DDR DDRD
|
||||
#define PS2_DATA_BIT 2
|
||||
|
||||
/* 同期、奇数パリティ、1-bit ストップ、8-bit データ、立ち下がりエッジでサンプル */
|
||||
/* CLOCK の DDR を入力としてスレーブに設定 */
|
||||
#define PS2_USART_INIT() do { \
|
||||
PS2_CLOCK_DDR &= ~(1<<PS2_CLOCK_BIT); \
|
||||
PS2_DATA_DDR &= ~(1<<PS2_DATA_BIT); \
|
||||
UCSR1C = ((1 << UMSEL10) | \
|
||||
(3 << UPM10) | \
|
||||
(0 << USBS1) | \
|
||||
(3 << UCSZ10) | \
|
||||
(0 << UCPOL1)); \
|
||||
UCSR1A = 0; \
|
||||
UBRR1H = 0; \
|
||||
UBRR1L = 0; \
|
||||
} while (0)
|
||||
#define PS2_USART_RX_INT_ON() do { \
|
||||
UCSR1B = ((1 << RXCIE1) | \
|
||||
(1 << RXEN1)); \
|
||||
} while (0)
|
||||
#define PS2_USART_RX_POLL_ON() do { \
|
||||
UCSR1B = (1 << RXEN1); \
|
||||
} while (0)
|
||||
#define PS2_USART_OFF() do { \
|
||||
UCSR1C = 0; \
|
||||
UCSR1B &= ~((1 << RXEN1) | \
|
||||
(1 << TXEN1)); \
|
||||
} while (0)
|
||||
#define PS2_USART_RX_READY (UCSR1A & (1<<RXC1))
|
||||
#define PS2_USART_RX_DATA UDR1
|
||||
#define PS2_USART_ERROR (UCSR1A & ((1<<FE1) | (1<<DOR1) | (1<<UPE1)))
|
||||
#define PS2_USART_RX_VECT USART1_RX_vect
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
## 追加の設定 :id=additional-settings
|
||||
|
||||
### PS/2 マウス機能 :id=ps2-mouse-features
|
||||
|
||||
以下の PS/2 マウスプロトコルによってサポートされる設定を有効にします。
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
/* デフォルトのストリームモードの代わりにリモートモードを使います (リンクを見てください) */
|
||||
#define PS2_MOUSE_USE_REMOTE_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
/* マウスあるいはタッチパッドでスクロールホイールあるいはスクロールジェスチャーを有効にします */
|
||||
#define PS2_MOUSE_ENABLE_SCROLLING
|
||||
|
||||
/* 一部のマウスでは、スクロールマスクを設定する必要があります。デフォルトは 0xFF です。*/
|
||||
#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_MASK 0x0F
|
||||
|
||||
/* ホストに送信する前に、動きに変換を適用します (リンクを見てください) */
|
||||
#define PS2_MOUSE_USE_2_1_SCALING
|
||||
|
||||
/* ps2ホストを初期化した後の待機時間 */
|
||||
#define PS2_MOUSE_INIT_DELAY 1000 /* Default */
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
ps2_mouse.h をインクルードして、以下の関数を呼び出すこともできます。
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
void ps2_mouse_disable_data_reporting(void);
|
||||
|
||||
void ps2_mouse_enable_data_reporting(void);
|
||||
|
||||
void ps2_mouse_set_remote_mode(void);
|
||||
|
||||
void ps2_mouse_set_stream_mode(void);
|
||||
|
||||
void ps2_mouse_set_scaling_2_1(void);
|
||||
|
||||
void ps2_mouse_set_scaling_1_1(void);
|
||||
|
||||
void ps2_mouse_set_resolution(ps2_mouse_resolution_t resolution);
|
||||
|
||||
void ps2_mouse_set_sample_rate(ps2_mouse_sample_rate_t sample_rate);
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### 細かい調整 :id=fine-control
|
||||
|
||||
マウスの感度と速度を変更するには以下の定義を使います。
|
||||
注意: 同じ効果のために `ps2_mouse_set_resolution` も使うことができます (ほとんどのタッチパッドではサポートされません)。
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define PS2_MOUSE_X_MULTIPLIER 3
|
||||
#define PS2_MOUSE_Y_MULTIPLIER 3
|
||||
#define PS2_MOUSE_V_MULTIPLIER 1
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### スクロールボタン :id=scroll-button
|
||||
|
||||
トラックポイントを使っている場合は、スクロールのためにそれを使えるようにしたいでしょう。
|
||||
押された時にマウスを移動させる代わりにスクロールさせる「スクロールボタン」を有効にすることができます。
|
||||
この機能を有効にするには、以下のようにスクロールボタンマスクを設定する必要があります:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_BTN_MASK (1<<PS2_MOUSE_BUTTON_MIDDLE) /* Default */
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
スクロールボタン機能を無効にするには:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_BTN_MASK 0
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
利用可能なボタンは:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define PS2_MOUSE_BTN_LEFT 0
|
||||
#define PS2_MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT 1
|
||||
#define PS2_MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE 2
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
ボタン定数を `|` で結合したマスクでボタンを組み合わせることができます。
|
||||
|
||||
スクロールボタンマスクを設定したら、スクロールボタンの送信間隔を設定する必要があります。
|
||||
これは、スクロールボタンが離された場合に、スクロールボタンがホストに送信されるまでの間隔です。
|
||||
この時間が経過すると、マウスはスクロールして送信されなくなります。
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_BTN_SEND 300 /* Default */
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
スクロールボタンの送信を無効にするには:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_BTN_SEND 0
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
以下の定義でスクロールの細かい制御がサポートされます:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_DIVISOR_H 2
|
||||
#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_DIVISOR_V 2
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### マウスとスクロールの軸の反転 :id=invert-mouse-and-scroll-axes
|
||||
|
||||
X 軸と Y 軸を反転するには、以下を config.h に配置します:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define PS2_MOUSE_INVERT_X
|
||||
#define PS2_MOUSE_INVERT_Y
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
スクロールの軸を逆にするには、以下を config.h に配置します:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define PS2_MOUSE_INVERT_H
|
||||
#define PS2_MOUSE_INVERT_V
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### マウスの軸の回転 :id=rotate-mouse-axes
|
||||
|
||||
デバイスの出力を時計回りに 90 か 180 か 270 度変換します。
|
||||
|
||||
デバイスの向きを補正する場合は、出力を逆の方向に同じ量だけ回転します。例えば、通常のデバイスの向きが北向きの場合、以下のように補正します:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define PS2_MOUSE_ROTATE 270 /* 東向きのデバイスの向きの補正*/
|
||||
```
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define PS2_MOUSE_ROTATE 180 /* 南向きのデバイスの向きの補正*/
|
||||
```
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define PS2_MOUSE_ROTATE 90 /* 西向きのデバイスの向きの補正*/
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### デバッグ設定 :id=debug-settings
|
||||
|
||||
マウスをデバッグするには、`debug_mouse = true` を追加するか、ブートマジックを使って有効にします。
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
/* マウスレポートをデバッグするには */
|
||||
#define PS2_MOUSE_DEBUG_HID
|
||||
#define PS2_MOUSE_DEBUG_RAW
|
||||
```
|
232
docs/ja/feature_split_keyboard.md
Normal file
232
docs/ja/feature_split_keyboard.md
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
|
||||
# 分割キーボード
|
||||
|
||||
<!---
|
||||
original document:0.9.5:docs/feature_split_keyboard.md
|
||||
git diff 0.9.5 HEAD -- docs/feature_split_keyboard.md | cat
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
QMK ファームウェアリポジトリの多くのキーボードは、"分割"キーボードです。それらは2つのコントローラを使います — 1つは USB に接続し、もう1つは TRRS または同様のケーブルを介してシリアルまたは I<sup>2</sup>C 接続で接続します。
|
||||
|
||||
分割キーボードには多くの利点がありますが、有効にするには追加の作業が必要です。
|
||||
|
||||
QMK ファームウェアには、任意のキーボードで使用可能な一般的な実装と、多くのキーボード固有の実装があります。
|
||||
|
||||
このため、主に Let's Split とその他のキーボードで使われる一般的な実装について説明します。
|
||||
|
||||
!> ARM はまだ完全には分割キーボードをサポートしておらず、様々な制限があります。進捗はしていますが、機能の100%にはまだ達していません。
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## 互換性の概要
|
||||
|
||||
| Transport | AVR | ARM |
|
||||
|------------------------------|--------------------|--------------------|
|
||||
| ['serial'](serial_driver.md) | :heavy_check_mark: | :white_check_mark: <sup>1</sup> |
|
||||
| I2C | :heavy_check_mark: | |
|
||||
|
||||
注意:
|
||||
|
||||
1. ハードウェアとソフトウェアの両方の制限は、[ドライバーのドキュメント](serial_driver.md)の中で説明されます。
|
||||
|
||||
## ハードウェア設定
|
||||
|
||||
2つの Pro Micro 互換のコントローラを使っており、キーボードの左右を接続するために TRRS ジャックを使っていることを前提とします。
|
||||
|
||||
### ハードウェア要件
|
||||
|
||||
左右それぞれのキーボードマトリックスのためのダイオードとスイッチとは別に、2個の TRRS ソケットと 1本の TRRS ケーブルが必要です。
|
||||
|
||||
あるいは、少なくとも3本のワイヤがあるケーブルとソケットを使うことができます。
|
||||
|
||||
キーボードの左右間で通信するために I<sup>2</sup>C を使いたい場合は、少なくとも4本のワイヤを備えたケーブルと 2個の 4.7kΩ プルアップ抵抗が必要です。
|
||||
|
||||
#### 考慮事項
|
||||
|
||||
最も一般的に使われる接続は、TRRS ケーブルとジャックです。これらは4本のワイヤを提供し、分割キーボードに非常に有用で、簡単に見つけることができます。
|
||||
|
||||
ただし、ワイヤのうちの1本が Vcc を供給するため、キーボードはホットプラグ不可能です。TRRS ケーブルを抜き差しする前に、必ずキーボードのUSB接続をはずす必要があります。そうしなければ、コントローラを短絡させたり、もっと悪いことが起こるかもしれません。
|
||||
|
||||
別のオプションは電話ケーブルを使うことです (例えば、旧式の RJ-11/RJ-14 ケーブル)。実際に4本のワイヤ/レーンをサポートするものを使うようにしてください。
|
||||
|
||||
ただし、USB ケーブル、SATA ケーブル、そして単に4本の電線でもコントローラ間の通信に使用できることがわかっています。
|
||||
|
||||
!> コントローラ間の通信に USB ケーブルを使っても問題ありませんが、コネクタは通常の USB 接続と間違えられるかもしれず、配線方法によってはキーボードが短絡する可能性があります。このため、分割キーボードの接続のためにはお勧めできません。
|
||||
|
||||
### シリアル配線
|
||||
|
||||
2つの Pro Micro 間で GND、Vcc、D0 (別名 PDO あるいは pin 3) を TRS/TRRS ケーブルの3本のワイヤで接続します。
|
||||
|
||||
?> ここで使われるピンは実際には以下の `SOFT_SERIAL_PIN` によって設定されることに注意してください。
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
### I<sup>2</sup>C 配線
|
||||
|
||||
2つの Pro Micro 間で GND、Vcc、さらに SCL と SDA (それぞれ 別名 PD0/ピン3 および PD1/ピン2) を TRRS ケーブルの4本のワイヤで接続します。
|
||||
|
||||
プルアップ抵抗はキーボードの左右どちら側にも配置することができます。もし各側を単独で使いたい場合は、4つの抵抗を使い、両側にプルアップ抵抗を配置することもできます。
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
## ファームウェア設定
|
||||
|
||||
分割キーボード機能を有効にするには、以下を `rules.mk` に追加してください:
|
||||
|
||||
```make
|
||||
SPLIT_KEYBOARD = yes
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
カスタムトランスポート (通信メソッド)を使っている場合は、以下を追加する必要もあります:
|
||||
|
||||
```make
|
||||
SPLIT_TRANSPORT = custom
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### 左右の設定
|
||||
|
||||
デフォルトでは、ファームウェアはどちら側がどちらであるかを認識しません; 決定するには幾つかの助けが必要です。これを行うには幾つかの方法があり、以下に優先順に列挙します。
|
||||
|
||||
#### ピンによる左右の設定
|
||||
|
||||
左右を決定するためにコントローラ上のピンを読むようにファームウェアを設定することができます。これを行うには、以下を `config.h` ファイルに追加します:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define SPLIT_HAND_PIN B7
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
これは指定されたピンを読み込みます。high の場合、コントローラはそれを左側だと仮定し、low の場合、それは右側であると仮定します。
|
||||
|
||||
#### EEPROM による左右の設定
|
||||
|
||||
このメソッドは永続ストレージ(`EEPROM`)のフラグを設定することで、キーボードの左右を設定します。これはコントローラが最初に起動する時にチェックされ、キーボードのどちら側であるかとキーボードのレイアウトの向きを決定します。
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
このメソッドを有効にするには、以下を `config.h` ファイルに追加します:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define EE_HANDS
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
ただし、各コントローラに正しい側の EEPROM ファイルを書き込む必要があります。これを手動で行うこともできますが、ファームウェアを書き込む時にこれを行う avrdude および dfu のターゲットが存在します。
|
||||
|
||||
* `:avrdude-split-left`
|
||||
* `:avrdude-split-right`
|
||||
* `:dfu-split-left`
|
||||
* `:dfu-split-right`
|
||||
* `:dfu-util-split-left`
|
||||
* `:dfu-util-split-right`
|
||||
|
||||
この設定は、`EEP_RST` キーや `eeconfig_init()` 関数を使って EEPROM を再初期化する時には変更されません。ただし、ファームウェアの組み込みオプション以外で EEPROM をリセット([QMK Toolbox]() の "Reset EEPROM" ボタンの動作のように、`EEPROM` を上書きするファイルを書きこむなど)した場合、`EEPROM` ファイルを再書き込みする必要があります。
|
||||
|
||||
`EEPROM` ファイルは、QMK ファームウェアのリポジトリ内の[ここ](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/quantum/split_common)にあります。
|
||||
|
||||
#### `#define` による左右の設定
|
||||
|
||||
コンパイル時に左右を設定することができます。これは以下を `config.h` ファイルに追加することで行うことができます:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define MASTER_RIGHT
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
あるいは
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define MASTER_LEFT
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
どちらも定義されていない場合、左右のデフォルトは `MASTER_LEFT` になります。
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### 通信オプション
|
||||
|
||||
全ての分割キーボードが同一であるとは限らないため、`config.h` ファイル内で設定することができる多くの追加のオプションがあります。
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define USE_I2C
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
これは分割キーボードの I<sup>2</sup>C サポートを有効にします。これは厳密には通信用ではありませんが、OLED あるいは I<sup>2</sup>C ベースのデバイスに使うことができます。
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define SOFT_SERIAL_PIN D0
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
これはシリアル通信用に使われるピンを設定します。シリアルを使っていない場合は、これを定義する必要はありません。
|
||||
|
||||
ただし、キーボード上でシリアルおよび I<sup>2</sup>C を使っている場合は、これを設定し、D0 および D1 以外の値に設定する必要があります (これらは I<sup>2</sup>C 通信のために使われます)。
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define SELECT_SOFT_SERIAL_SPEED {#}`
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
シリアル通信に問題がある場合は、この値を変更して、シリアル用の通信速度を制御することができます。デフォルトは1で、可能な値は以下の通りです:
|
||||
|
||||
* **`0`**: 約189kbps (実験用途専用)
|
||||
* **`1`**: 約137kbps (デフォルト)
|
||||
* **`2`**: 約75kbps
|
||||
* **`3`**: 約39kbps
|
||||
* **`4`**: 約26kbps
|
||||
* **`5`**: 約20kbps
|
||||
|
||||
### ハードウェア設定オプション
|
||||
|
||||
ハードウェアのセットアップ方法に基づいて、設定する必要のある設定が幾つかあります。
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define MATRIX_ROW_PINS_RIGHT { <row pins> }
|
||||
#define MATRIX_COL_PINS_RIGHT { <col pins> }
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
これにより、右側のマトリックスに異なるピンのセットを指定することができます。これは、左右の形が違うキーボード (Keebio の Quefrency など)で、左右で別の構成が必要な場合に便利です。
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define DIRECT_PINS_RIGHT { { F1, F0, B0, C7 }, { F4, F5, F6, F7 } }
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
これにより右側のための異なる直接ピンのセットを指定することができます。
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define ENCODERS_PAD_A_RIGHT { encoder1a, encoder2a }
|
||||
#define ENCODERS_PAD_B_RIGHT { encoder1b, encoder2b }
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
これにより右側のための異なるエンコーダピンのセットを指定することができます。
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define RGBLIGHT_SPLIT
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
このオプションは、分割キーボードのコントローラ間で RGB ライトモードの同期を有効にします。これはコントローラに直接配線されている RGB LED を持つキーボード用です (つまり、それらは TRRS ケーブルで "追加データ"オプションを使っていません)。
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define RGBLED_SPLIT { 6, 6 }
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
これは各コントローラに直接接続されている LED の数を設定します。最初の数は左側、2番目の数は右側です。
|
||||
|
||||
?> この設定は `RGBLIGHT_SPLIT` が有効になっていることを意味し、有効になっていない場合は強制的に有効にします。
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define SPLIT_USB_DETECT
|
||||
```
|
||||
このオプションは、スタートアップの挙動を変更して、マスタ/スレーブの決定時にアクティブな USB 接続を検出します。このオプションがタイムアウトになった場合、その片側はスレーブと見なされます。これは ARM のデフォルトの挙動で、AVR Teensy ボードに必要です (ハードウェアの制限のため)。
|
||||
|
||||
?> この設定はバッテリパックを使ったデモの機能を停止します。
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define SPLIT_USB_TIMEOUT 2000
|
||||
```
|
||||
これは、`SPLIT_USB_DETECT` を使う時のマスタ/スレーブを検出する場合の最大タイムアウトを設定します。
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define SPLIT_USB_TIMEOUT_POLL 10
|
||||
```
|
||||
これは `SPLIT_USB_DETECT` を使う時のマスタ/スレーブを検出する場合のポーリング頻度を設定します
|
||||
|
||||
## 追加のリソース(英語)
|
||||
|
||||
Nicinabox には Let's Split キーボードのための[非常に優れた詳細なガイド](https://github.com/nicinabox/lets-split-guide)があり、トラブルシューティング情報を含む知っておくべきほとんど全てをカバーします。
|
||||
|
||||
ただし、RGB ライトセクションは、RGB Split コードが QMK ファームウェアに追加されるずっと前に書かれたため、古くなっています。ガイドに従う代わりに、各 LED テーブ(訳注: LED strip とも呼びます)を直接コントローラに配線します。
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- I may port this information later, but for now ... it's very nice, and covers everything -->
|
36
docs/ja/feature_swap_hands.md
Normal file
36
docs/ja/feature_swap_hands.md
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
|
||||
# スワップハンドアクション
|
||||
|
||||
<!---
|
||||
original document: 0.8.177:docs/feature_swap_hands.md
|
||||
git diff 0.8.177 HEAD -- docs/feature_swap_hands.md | cat
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
スワップハンドアクションにより、別のレイヤーを必要とせずに片手入力をサポートします。Makefile に `SWAP_HANDS_ENABLE` を設定し、キーマップに `hand_swap_config` エントリを定義します。これで `ACTION_SWAP_HANDS` コマンドキーが押されるたびにキーボードがミラーされます。例えば、QWERTY で "Hello, World" を入力するには、`^Ge^s^s^w^c W^wr^sd` を入力します。
|
||||
|
||||
## 設定
|
||||
|
||||
設定テーブルは列/行から新しい列/行にマップするための単純な2次元配列です。Planck の `hand_swap_config` の例:
|
||||
|
||||
```C
|
||||
const keypos_t hand_swap_config[MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
|
||||
{{11, 0}, {10, 0}, {9, 0}, {8, 0}, {7, 0}, {6, 0}, {5, 0}, {4, 0}, {3, 0}, {2, 0}, {1, 0}, {0, 0}},
|
||||
{{11, 1}, {10, 1}, {9, 1}, {8, 1}, {7, 1}, {6, 1}, {5, 1}, {4, 1}, {3, 1}, {2, 1}, {1, 1}, {0, 1}},
|
||||
{{11, 2}, {10, 2}, {9, 2}, {8, 2}, {7, 2}, {6, 2}, {5, 2}, {4, 2}, {3, 2}, {2, 2}, {1, 2}, {0, 2}},
|
||||
{{11, 3}, {10, 3}, {9, 3}, {8, 3}, {7, 3}, {6, 3}, {5, 3}, {4, 3}, {3, 3}, {2, 3}, {1, 3}, {0, 3}},
|
||||
};
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
配列のインデックスはマトリックスと同様に逆になり、値の型は `{col, row}` である `keypos_t` で、全ての値はゼロベースであることに注意してください。上の例では、`hand_swap_config[2][4]` (第3行, 第5列)は `{7, 2}` (第3行, 第8列) を返します。はい。紛らわしいです。
|
||||
|
||||
## キーコードの入れ替え
|
||||
|
||||
| キー | 説明 |
|
||||
|-----------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| `SH_T(key)` | タップで `key` を送信する。押している時の一時的な入れ替え。 |
|
||||
| `SH_ON` | 入れ替えをオンにして、そのままにする。 |
|
||||
| `SH_OFF` | 入れ替えをオフにして、そのままにする。既知の状態に戻るのに適しています。 |
|
||||
| `SH_MON` | 押すとスワップハンドし、放すと通常に戻る (一時的)。 |
|
||||
| `SH_MOFF` | 一時的に入れ替えをオフする。 |
|
||||
| `SH_TG` | キーを押すたびに入れ替えのオンとオフを切り替える。 |
|
||||
| `SH_TT` | タップで切り替える。押されている時の一時的なもの。 |
|
||||
| `SH_OS` | ワンショットスワップハンド: 押されている時あるいは次のキーを押すまで切り替える。 |
|
112
docs/ja/feature_terminal.md
Normal file
112
docs/ja/feature_terminal.md
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
|
||||
# ターミナル
|
||||
|
||||
<!---
|
||||
original document: 0.8.147:docs/feature_terminal.md
|
||||
git diff 0.8.147 HEAD -- docs/feature_terminal.md | cat
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
> この機能は現在のところ*巨大*であり、おそらく大量のメモリを搭載したキーボード、または楽しみのためにのみ配置する必要があります。
|
||||
|
||||
ターミナル機能はテキストエディタを介してキーストロークで通信するように設計されたコマンドラインのようなインタフェースです。エディタで自動インデント機能をオフにすることは有益です。
|
||||
|
||||
有効にするには、以下を `rules.mk` または `Makefile` に貼り付けます:
|
||||
|
||||
TERMINAL_ENABLE = yes
|
||||
|
||||
そして、オンまたはオフにするために、`TERM_ON` および `TERM_OFF` キーコードを使います。
|
||||
|
||||
有効な場合、`> ` プロンプトが現れ、ここでコマンドやバックスペース(オーディオが有効な場合は、先頭に到達するとベルが鳴ります)を入力することができ、エンターを入力するとコマンドを送信します。矢印キーは現在のところ無効なため、混乱することはありません。マウスでカーソルを移動することはお勧めしません。
|
||||
|
||||
`#define TERMINAL_HELP` は、このページでは実際には必要のない他の出力ヘルパーを有効にします。
|
||||
|
||||
"上矢印" および "下矢印" により、過去に入力した5つのコマンドを順に切り替えることができます。
|
||||
|
||||
## 今後のアイデア
|
||||
|
||||
* キーボード/ユーザ拡張可能なコマンド
|
||||
* より小さなフットプリント
|
||||
* 矢印キーのサポート
|
||||
* コマンド履歴 - 完了
|
||||
* SD カードのサポート
|
||||
* バッファディスプレイのための LCD サポート
|
||||
* キーコード -> 名称の対応表
|
||||
* レイヤー状態
|
||||
* *アナログ/デジタル ポートの読み込み/書き込み*
|
||||
* RGB モード関連機能
|
||||
* マクロ定義
|
||||
* EEPROM の読み込み/書き込み
|
||||
* オーディオ制御
|
||||
|
||||
## 現在のコマンド
|
||||
|
||||
### `about`
|
||||
|
||||
現在の QMK のバージョンとビルドした日の出力:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
> about
|
||||
QMK Firmware
|
||||
v0.5.115-7-g80ed73-dirty
|
||||
Built: 2017-08-29-20:24:44
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### `print-buffer`
|
||||
|
||||
最後に入力した5つのコマンドの出力
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
> print-buffer
|
||||
0. print-buffer
|
||||
1. help
|
||||
2. about
|
||||
3. keymap 0
|
||||
4. help
|
||||
5. flush-buffer
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### `flush-buffer`
|
||||
|
||||
コマンドバッファをクリア
|
||||
```
|
||||
> flush-buffer
|
||||
Buffer cleared!
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### `help`
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
利用可能なコマンドの出力:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
> help
|
||||
commands available:
|
||||
about help keycode keymap exit print-buffer flush-buffer
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### `keycode <layer> <row> <col>`
|
||||
|
||||
特定のレイヤー、行および列のキーコード値の出力:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
> keycode 0 1 0
|
||||
0x29 (41)
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### `keymap <layer>`
|
||||
|
||||
特定のレイヤーの全てのキーマップの出力
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
> keymap 0
|
||||
0x002b, 0x0014, 0x001a, 0x0008, 0x0015, 0x0017, 0x001c, 0x0018, 0x000c, 0x0012, 0x0013, 0x002a,
|
||||
0x0029, 0x0004, 0x0016, 0x0007, 0x0009, 0x000a, 0x000b, 0x000d, 0x000e, 0x000f, 0x0033, 0x0034,
|
||||
0x00e1, 0x001d, 0x001b, 0x0006, 0x0019, 0x0005, 0x0011, 0x0010, 0x0036, 0x0037, 0x0038, 0x0028,
|
||||
0x5cd6, 0x00e0, 0x00e2, 0x00e3, 0x5cd4, 0x002c, 0x002c, 0x5cd5, 0x0050, 0x0051, 0x0052, 0x004f,
|
||||
>
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### `exit`
|
||||
|
||||
ターミナルの終了 - `TERM_OFF` と同じ。
|
15
docs/ja/feature_thermal_printer.md
Normal file
15
docs/ja/feature_thermal_printer.md
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
||||
# 感熱式プリンタ
|
||||
|
||||
<!---
|
||||
original document: 0.8.147:docs/feature_thermal_printer.md
|
||||
git diff 0.8.147 HEAD -- docs/feature_thermal_printer.md | cat
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- FIXME: Describe thermal printers support here. -->
|
||||
|
||||
## 感熱式プリンタのキーコード
|
||||
|
||||
| キー | 説明 |
|
||||
|-----------|----------------------------------------|
|
||||
| `PRINT_ON` | ユーザが入力した全ての印刷を開始 |
|
||||
| `PRINT_OFF` | ユーザが入力した全ての印刷を停止 |
|
35
docs/ja/feature_velocikey.md
Normal file
35
docs/ja/feature_velocikey.md
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
|
||||
# Velocikey
|
||||
|
||||
<!---
|
||||
original document: 0.8.147:docs/feature_velocikey.md
|
||||
git diff 0.8.147 HEAD -- docs/feature_velocikey.md | cat
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
Velocikey は入力の速度を使って(レインボー渦巻効果のような)ライト効果の速度を制御できる機能です。速く入力すればするほどライトが速くなります!
|
||||
|
||||
## 使用法
|
||||
Velocikey を使うためには、2つのステップがあります。最初に、キーボードをコンパイルする時に、`rules.mk` に `VELOCIKEY_ENABLE=yes` を設定する必要があります。例えば:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = no
|
||||
MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = no
|
||||
STENO_ENABLE = no
|
||||
EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes
|
||||
VELOCIKEY_ENABLE = yes
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
次に、キーボードの使用中に、VLK_TOG キーコードを使って Velocikey を有効にする必要もあります。これは機能をオンおよびオフにします。
|
||||
|
||||
以下の全てのライト効果が、Velocikey を有効にすることで制御されます:
|
||||
- RGB 明滅動作
|
||||
- RGB レインボームード
|
||||
- RGB レインボー渦巻
|
||||
- RGB スネーク
|
||||
- RGB ナイト
|
||||
|
||||
LED 明滅動作の効果のサポートは計画されていますがまだ利用できません。
|
||||
|
||||
Velocikey が有効になっている限り、現在オンになっている RGB ライトの他の全ての速度設定に関係なく、速度が制御されます。
|
||||
|
||||
## 設定
|
||||
Velocikey は現在のところキーボード設定を介したどのような設定もサポートしません。速度の増加あるいは減少率などを調整したい場合は、`velocikey.c` を編集し、そこで値を調整して、好みの速度を実現する必要があります。
|
24
docs/ja/feature_wpm.md
Normal file
24
docs/ja/feature_wpm.md
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
|
||||
# Word Per Minute (WPM) の計算
|
||||
|
||||
<!---
|
||||
original document: 0.9.0:docs/feature_wpm.md
|
||||
git diff 0.9.0 HEAD -- docs/feature_wpm.md | cat
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
WPM 機能は、キーストローク間の時間から1分あたりの平均(移動平均)単語数を計算し、様々な用途で利用できるようにします。
|
||||
|
||||
`rules.mk` に以下を追加することで WPM システムを有効にします:
|
||||
|
||||
WPM_ENABLE = yes
|
||||
|
||||
ソフトシリアルを使っている分割キーボードについては、計算された WPM スコアがマスター側とスレーブ側で利用可能です。
|
||||
|
||||
## 公開関数
|
||||
|
||||
`uint8_t get_current_wpm(void);`
|
||||
この関数は符号なし整数で現在の WPM を返します。
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## WPM 計算のためのカスタマイズ化されたキー
|
||||
|
||||
デフォルトでは、WPM スコアは文字、空白、およびいくつかの句読点のみを含みます。WPM の計算に含むとみなす文字セットを変更したい場合は、`wpm_keycode_user(uint16_t keycode)` を実装し、計算に含めたい文字について true を返し、計算しない特定のキーコードに false を返すようにします。
|
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
|
||||
# QMK で Github を使う方法
|
||||
# QMK で GitHub を使う方法
|
||||
|
||||
<!---
|
||||
original document: 0.8.82:docs/getting_started_github.md
|
||||
git diff 0.8.82 HEAD -- docs/getting_started_github.md | cat
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
Github は慣れていない人には少し注意が必要です - このガイドは、QMK におけるフォーク、クローン、プルリクエストのサブミットの各ステップについて説明します。
|
||||
GitHub は慣れていない人には少し注意が必要です - このガイドは、QMK におけるフォーク、クローン、プルリクエストのサブミットの各ステップについて説明します。
|
||||
|
||||
?> このガイドでは、あなたがコマンドラインでの実行にある程度慣れており、システムに git がインストールされていることを前提にしています。
|
||||
|
||||
[QMK Github ページ](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware)を開くと、右上に "Fork" というボタンが見えます:
|
||||
[QMK GitHub ページ](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware)を開くと、右上に "Fork" というボタンが見えます:
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ To https://github.com/whoeveryouare/qmk_firmware.git
|
||||
+ 20043e64...7da94ac5 master -> master
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
あなたの変更は今では Github 上のフォークにあります - フォーク (`https://github.com/<whoeveryouare>/qmk_firmware`)に戻ると、"New Pull Request" ボタンをクリックすることで新しいプルリクエストを作成することができます:
|
||||
あなたの変更は今では GitHub 上のフォークにあります - フォーク (`https://github.com/<whoeveryouare>/qmk_firmware`)に戻ると、"New Pull Request" ボタンをクリックすることで新しいプルリクエストを作成することができます:
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ QMK Configurator は Chrome/Firefox で最適に動作します。
|
||||
|
||||
キーボードが QMK を搭載していると宣伝されていてもリストにない場合は、開発者がまだ作業中か、私たちがまだマージするきっかけがなかった可能性があります。
|
||||
アクティブな [Pull Request](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Apr+label%3Akeyboard) がない場合、[qmk_firmware](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues)で報告して、その特定のキーボードのサポートをリクエストします。
|
||||
製作者自身の github アカウントにある QMK 搭載キーボードもあります。
|
||||
製作者自身の GitHub アカウントにある QMK 搭載キーボードもあります。
|
||||
それも再確認してください。
|
||||
|
||||
## キーボードのレイアウトを選択する
|
||||
|
@@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!---
|
||||
grep --no-filename "^[ ]*git diff" docs/ja/*.md | sh
|
||||
original document: adf4acf59:docs/newbs_git_best_practices.md
|
||||
git diff adf4acf59 HEAD -- docs/newbs_git_best_practices.md | cat
|
||||
original document: 0.9.0:docs/newbs_git_best_practices.md
|
||||
git diff 0.9.0 HEAD -- docs/newbs_git_best_practices.md | cat
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
## または、"如何にして私は心配することをやめて Git を愛することを学んだか。"
|
||||
|
@@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!---
|
||||
grep --no-filename "^[ ]*git diff" docs/ja/*.md | sh
|
||||
original document: adf4acf59:docs/newbs_git_resolving_merge_conflicts.md
|
||||
git diff adf4acf59 HEAD -- docs/newbs_git_resolving_merge_conflicts.md | cat
|
||||
original document: 0.9.0:docs/newbs_git_resolving_merge_conflicts.md
|
||||
git diff 0.9.0 HEAD -- docs/newbs_git_resolving_merge_conflicts.md | cat
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
ブランチでの作業の完了に時間がかかる場合、他の人が行った変更が、プルリクエストを開いたときにブランチに加えた変更と競合することがあります。
|
||||
|
@@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!---
|
||||
grep --no-filename "^[ ]*git diff" docs/ja/*.md | sh
|
||||
original document: adf4acf59:docs/newbs_git_resynchronize_a_branch.md
|
||||
git diff adf4acf59 HEAD -- docs/newbs_git_resynchronize_a_branch.md | cat
|
||||
original document: 0.9.0:docs/newbs_git_resynchronize_a_branch.md
|
||||
git diff 0.9.0 HEAD -- docs/newbs_git_resynchronize_a_branch.md | cat
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
仮にあなたの `master` ブランチにあなたのコミットを行い、そしてあなたの QMK リポジトリの更新が必要になったとします。
|
||||
|
@@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!---
|
||||
grep --no-filename "^[ ]*git diff" docs/ja/*.md | sh
|
||||
original document: adf4acf59:docs/newbs_git_using_your_master_branch.md
|
||||
git diff adf4acf59 HEAD -- docs/newbs_git_using_your_master_branch.md | cat
|
||||
original document: 0.9.0:docs/newbs_git_using_your_master_branch.md
|
||||
git diff 0.9.0 HEAD -- docs/newbs_git_using_your_master_branch.md | cat
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
QMK の開発では、何がどこで行われているかにかかわらず、`master` ブランチを最新の状態に保つことを強くお勧めします、しかし `master` ブランチには***絶対に直接コミットしないでください***。
|
||||
|
@@ -2,35 +2,44 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!---
|
||||
grep --no-filename "^[ ]*git diff" docs/ja/*.md | sh
|
||||
original document: ed0575fc8:docs/newbs_learn_more_resources.md
|
||||
git diff ed0575fc8 HEAD -- docs/newbs_learn_more_resources.md | cat
|
||||
original document: 0.9.0:docs/newbs_learn_more_resources.md
|
||||
git diff 0.9.0 HEAD -- docs/newbs_learn_more_resources.md | cat
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
これらのリソースは、QMK コミュニティの新しいメンバーに、初心者向けドキュメントで提供されている情報に対する理解を深めることを目的としています。
|
||||
|
||||
## Git に関するリース:
|
||||
## QMK に関するリソース:
|
||||
|
||||
### 英語
|
||||
### 英語 :id=english-resources-qmk
|
||||
|
||||
* [Great General Tutorial](https://www.codecademy.com/learn/learn-git)
|
||||
* [Git Game To Learn From Examples](https://learngitbranching.js.org/)
|
||||
* [Git Resources to Learn More About Github](getting_started_github.md)
|
||||
* [Git Resources Aimed Specifically toward QMK](contributing.md)
|
||||
* [Thomas Baart's QMK Basics Blog](https://thomasbaart.nl/category/mechanical-keyboards/firmware/qmk/qmk-basics/) – 新規ユーザーの視点から見た QMK ファームウェアの使い方の基本を網羅した、ユーザー作成のブログ。
|
||||
|
||||
### 日本語
|
||||
### 日本語 :id=japanese-resources-qmk
|
||||
|
||||
_日本語のリソース情報を募集中です。_
|
||||
|
||||
* [Git Game To Learn From Examples(日本語対応有り)](https://learngitbranching.js.org/)
|
||||
* [QMK で Github を使う方法](ja/getting_started_github.md)
|
||||
* [貢献方法](ja/contributing.md)
|
||||
|
||||
## コマンドラインに関するリソース:
|
||||
|
||||
### 英語
|
||||
### 英語 :id=english-resources-cli
|
||||
|
||||
* [Good General Tutorial on Command Line](https://www.codecademy.com/learn/learn-the-command-line)
|
||||
|
||||
### 日本語
|
||||
### 日本語 :id=japanese-resources-cli
|
||||
|
||||
_日本語のリソース情報を募集中です。_
|
||||
|
||||
## Git に関するリソース:
|
||||
|
||||
### 英語 :id=english-resources-git
|
||||
|
||||
* [Great General Tutorial](https://www.codecademy.com/learn/learn-git)
|
||||
* [Flight Rules For Git](https://github.com/k88hudson/git-flight-rules)
|
||||
* [Git Game To Learn From Examples](https://learngitbranching.js.org/)
|
||||
|
||||
### 日本語 :id=japanese-resources-git
|
||||
|
||||
_日本語のリソース情報を募集中です。_
|
||||
|
||||
* [Git Game To Learn From Examples(日本語対応有り)](https://learngitbranching.js.org/)
|
||||
git のブランチの作り方、マージの仕方などがビジュアルに学べます。
|
||||
* [QMK で GitHub を使う方法](ja/getting_started_github.md)
|
||||
|
@@ -2,27 +2,21 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!---
|
||||
grep --no-filename "^[ ]*git diff" docs/ja/*.md | sh
|
||||
original document: ed0575fc8:docs/newbs_testing_debugging.md
|
||||
git diff ed0575fc8 HEAD -- docs/newbs_testing_debugging.md | cat
|
||||
original document: 0.9.0:docs/newbs_testing_debugging.md
|
||||
git diff 0.9.0 HEAD -- docs/newbs_testing_debugging.md | cat
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
カスタムファームウェアをキーボードへ書き込んだら、テストする準備が整います。運が良ければ全て問題なく動作しているはずですが、もしそうでなければこのドキュメントがどこが悪いのか調べるのに役立ちます。
|
||||
|
||||
## テスト
|
||||
|
||||
通常、キーボードをテストするのは非常に簡単です。全てのキーをひとつずつ押して、期待されるキーが送信されていることを確認します。キーを押したことを見逃さないためのプログラムもあります。
|
||||
通常、キーボードをテストするのは非常に簡単です。
|
||||
全てのキーをひとつずつ押して、期待されるキーが送信されていることを確認します。
|
||||
QMK を実行していなくても、[QMK Configurator](https://config.qmk.fm/#/test/) のテストモードを使ってキーボードを確認することができます。
|
||||
|
||||
メモ: これらのプログラムは QMK によって提供・承認されたものではありません。
|
||||
## デバッグ :id=debugging
|
||||
|
||||
* [QMK Configurator](https://config.qmk.fm/#/test/) (Web Based)
|
||||
* [Switch Hitter](https://web.archive.org/web/20190413233743/https://elitekeyboards.com/switchhitter.php) (Windows Only)
|
||||
* [Keyboard Viewer](https://www.imore.com/how-use-keyboard-viewer-your-mac) (Mac Only)
|
||||
* [Keyboard Tester](http://www.keyboardtester.com) (Web Based)
|
||||
* [Keyboard Checker](http://keyboardchecker.com) (Web Based)
|
||||
|
||||
## デバッグ
|
||||
|
||||
`rules.mk`へ`CONSOLE_ENABLE = yes`の設定をするとキーボードはデバッグ情報を出力します。デフォルトの出力は非常に限られたものですが、デバッグモードをオンにすることでデバッグ情報の量を増やすことが出来ます。キーマップの`DEBUG`キーコードを使用するか、デバッグモードを有効にする [Command](ja/feature_command.md) 機能を使用するか、以下のコードをキーマップに追加します。
|
||||
`rules.mk`へ`CONSOLE_ENABLE = yes`の設定をするとキーボードはデバッグ情報を出力します。デフォルトの出力は非常に限られたものですが、デバッグモードをオンにすることでデバッグ情報の量を増やすことが出来ます。キーマップの`DEBUG`キーコードを使用するか、デバッグモードを有効にする [コマンド](ja/feature_command.md) 機能を使用するか、以下のコードをキーマップに追加します。
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
void keyboard_post_init_user(void) {
|
||||
@@ -34,6 +28,10 @@ void keyboard_post_init_user(void) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
## デバッグツール :id=debugging-tools
|
||||
|
||||
キーボードのデバッグに使えるツールは2つあります。
|
||||
|
||||
### QMK Toolboxを使ったデバッグ
|
||||
|
||||
互換性のある環境では、[QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox)を使うことでキーボードからのデバッグメッセージを表示できます。
|
||||
@@ -42,7 +40,6 @@ void keyboard_post_init_user(void) {
|
||||
|
||||
ターミナルベースの方法がお好みですか?PJRC が提供する[hid_listen](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/hid_listen.html)もデバッグメッセージの表示に使用できます。ビルド済みの実行ファイルは Windows, Linux, MacOS 用が用意されています。
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- FIXME: Describe the debugging messages here. -->
|
||||
|
||||
## 独自のデバッグメッセージを送信する
|
||||
|
||||
|
406
docs/keycodes.md
406
docs/keycodes.md
@@ -8,205 +8,212 @@ This is a reference only. Each group of keys links to the page documenting their
|
||||
|
||||
See also: [Basic Keycodes](keycodes_basic.md)
|
||||
|
||||
|Key |Aliases |Description |
|
||||
|-----------------------|------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------|
|
||||
|`KC_NO` |`XXXXXXX` |Ignore this key (NOOP) |
|
||||
|`KC_TRANSPARENT` |`KC_TRNS`, `_______` |Use the next lowest non-transparent key |
|
||||
|`KC_A` | |`a` and `A` |
|
||||
|`KC_B` | |`b` and `B` |
|
||||
|`KC_C` | |`c` and `C` |
|
||||
|`KC_D` | |`d` and `D` |
|
||||
|`KC_E` | |`e` and `E` |
|
||||
|`KC_F` | |`f` and `F` |
|
||||
|`KC_G` | |`g` and `G` |
|
||||
|`KC_H` | |`h` and `H` |
|
||||
|`KC_I` | |`i` and `I` |
|
||||
|`KC_J` | |`j` and `J` |
|
||||
|`KC_K` | |`k` and `K` |
|
||||
|`KC_L` | |`l` and `L` |
|
||||
|`KC_M` | |`m` and `M` |
|
||||
|`KC_N` | |`n` and `N` |
|
||||
|`KC_O` | |`o` and `O` |
|
||||
|`KC_P` | |`p` and `P` |
|
||||
|`KC_Q` | |`q` and `Q` |
|
||||
|`KC_R` | |`r` and `R` |
|
||||
|`KC_S` | |`s` and `S` |
|
||||
|`KC_T` | |`t` and `T` |
|
||||
|`KC_U` | |`u` and `U` |
|
||||
|`KC_V` | |`v` and `V` |
|
||||
|`KC_W` | |`w` and `W` |
|
||||
|`KC_X` | |`x` and `X` |
|
||||
|`KC_Y` | |`y` and `Y` |
|
||||
|`KC_Z` | |`z` and `Z` |
|
||||
|`KC_1` | |`1` and `!` |
|
||||
|`KC_2` | |`2` and `@` |
|
||||
|`KC_3` | |`3` and `#` |
|
||||
|`KC_4` | |`4` and `$` |
|
||||
|`KC_5` | |`5` and `%` |
|
||||
|`KC_6` | |`6` and `^` |
|
||||
|`KC_7` | |`7` and `&` |
|
||||
|`KC_8` | |`8` and `*` |
|
||||
|`KC_9` | |`9` and `(` |
|
||||
|`KC_0` | |`0` and `)` |
|
||||
|`KC_ENTER` |`KC_ENT` |Return (Enter) |
|
||||
|`KC_ESCAPE` |`KC_ESC` |Escape |
|
||||
|`KC_BSPACE` |`KC_BSPC` |Delete (Backspace) |
|
||||
|`KC_TAB` | |Tab |
|
||||
|`KC_SPACE` |`KC_SPC` |Spacebar |
|
||||
|`KC_MINUS` |`KC_MINS` |`-` and `_` |
|
||||
|`KC_EQUAL` |`KC_EQL` |`=` and `+` |
|
||||
|`KC_LBRACKET` |`KC_LBRC` |`[` and `{` |
|
||||
|`KC_RBRACKET` |`KC_RBRC` |`]` and `}` |
|
||||
|`KC_BSLASH` |`KC_BSLS` |`\` and `\|` |
|
||||
|`KC_NONUS_HASH` |`KC_NUHS` |Non-US `#` and `~` |
|
||||
|`KC_SCOLON` |`KC_SCLN` |`;` and `:` |
|
||||
|`KC_QUOTE` |`KC_QUOT` |`'` and `"` |
|
||||
|`KC_GRAVE` |`KC_GRV`, `KC_ZKHK` |<code>`</code> and `~`, JIS Zenkaku/Hankaku|
|
||||
|`KC_COMMA` |`KC_COMM` |`,` and `<` |
|
||||
|`KC_DOT` | |`.` and `>` |
|
||||
|`KC_SLASH` |`KC_SLSH` |`/` and `?` |
|
||||
|`KC_CAPSLOCK` |`KC_CLCK`, `KC_CAPS` |Caps Lock |
|
||||
|`KC_F1` | |F1 |
|
||||
|`KC_F2` | |F2 |
|
||||
|`KC_F3` | |F3 |
|
||||
|`KC_F4` | |F4 |
|
||||
|`KC_F5` | |F5 |
|
||||
|`KC_F6` | |F6 |
|
||||
|`KC_F7` | |F7 |
|
||||
|`KC_F8` | |F8 |
|
||||
|`KC_F9` | |F9 |
|
||||
|`KC_F10` | |F10 |
|
||||
|`KC_F11` | |F11 |
|
||||
|`KC_F12` | |F12 |
|
||||
|`KC_PSCREEN` |`KC_PSCR` |Print Screen |
|
||||
|`KC_SCROLLLOCK` |`KC_SLCK`, `KC_BRMD` |Scroll Lock, Brightness Down (macOS) |
|
||||
|`KC_PAUSE` |`KC_PAUS`, `KC_BRK`, `KC_BRMU`|Pause, Brightness Up (macOS) |
|
||||
|`KC_INSERT` |`KC_INS` |Insert |
|
||||
|`KC_HOME` | |Home |
|
||||
|`KC_PGUP` | |Page Up |
|
||||
|`KC_DELETE` |`KC_DEL` |Forward Delete |
|
||||
|`KC_END` | |End |
|
||||
|`KC_PGDOWN` |`KC_PGDN` |Page Down |
|
||||
|`KC_RIGHT` |`KC_RGHT` |Right Arrow |
|
||||
|`KC_LEFT` | |Left Arrow |
|
||||
|`KC_DOWN` | |Down Arrow |
|
||||
|`KC_UP` | |Up Arrow |
|
||||
|`KC_NUMLOCK` |`KC_NLCK` |Keypad Num Lock and Clear |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_SLASH` |`KC_PSLS` |Keypad `/` |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_ASTERISK` |`KC_PAST` |Keypad `*` |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_MINUS` |`KC_PMNS` |Keypad `-` |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_PLUS` |`KC_PPLS` |Keypad `+` |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_ENTER` |`KC_PENT` |Keypad Enter |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_1` |`KC_P1` |Keypad `1` and End |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_2` |`KC_P2` |Keypad `2` and Down Arrow |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_3` |`KC_P3` |Keypad `3` and Page Down |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_4` |`KC_P4` |Keypad `4` and Left Arrow |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_5` |`KC_P5` |Keypad `5` |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_6` |`KC_P6` |Keypad `6` and Right Arrow |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_7` |`KC_P7` |Keypad `7` and Home |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_8` |`KC_P8` |Keypad `8` and Up Arrow |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_9` |`KC_P9` |Keypad `9` and Page Up |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_0` |`KC_P0` |Keypad `0` and Insert |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_DOT` |`KC_PDOT` |Keypad `.` and Delete |
|
||||
|`KC_NONUS_BSLASH` |`KC_NUBS` |Non-US `\` and `\|` |
|
||||
|`KC_APPLICATION` |`KC_APP` |Application (Windows Menu Key) |
|
||||
|`KC_POWER` | |System Power (macOS) |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_EQUAL` |`KC_PEQL` |Keypad `=` |
|
||||
|`KC_F13` | |F13 |
|
||||
|`KC_F14` | |F14 |
|
||||
|`KC_F15` | |F15 |
|
||||
|`KC_F16` | |F16 |
|
||||
|`KC_F17` | |F17 |
|
||||
|`KC_F18` | |F18 |
|
||||
|`KC_F19` | |F19 |
|
||||
|`KC_F20` | |F20 |
|
||||
|`KC_F21` | |F21 |
|
||||
|`KC_F22` | |F22 |
|
||||
|`KC_F23` | |F23 |
|
||||
|`KC_F24` | |F24 |
|
||||
|`KC_EXECUTE` |`KC_EXEC` |Execute |
|
||||
|`KC_HELP` | |Help |
|
||||
|`KC_MENU` | |Menu |
|
||||
|`KC_SELECT` |`KC_SLCT` |Select |
|
||||
|`KC_STOP` | |Stop |
|
||||
|`KC_AGAIN` |`KC_AGIN` |Again |
|
||||
|`KC_UNDO` | |Undo |
|
||||
|`KC_CUT` | |Cut |
|
||||
|`KC_COPY` | |Copy |
|
||||
|`KC_PASTE` |`KC_PSTE` |Paste |
|
||||
|`KC_FIND` | |Find |
|
||||
|`KC__MUTE` | |Mute (macOS) |
|
||||
|`KC__VOLUP` | |Volume Up (macOS) |
|
||||
|`KC__VOLDOWN` | |Volume Down (macOS) |
|
||||
|`KC_LOCKING_CAPS` |`KC_LCAP` |Locking Caps Lock |
|
||||
|`KC_LOCKING_NUM` |`KC_LNUM` |Locking Num Lock |
|
||||
|`KC_LOCKING_SCROLL` |`KC_LSCR` |Locking Scroll Lock |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_COMMA` |`KC_PCMM` |Keypad `,` |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_EQUAL_AS400` | |Keypad `=` on AS/400 keyboards |
|
||||
|`KC_INT1` |`KC_RO` |JIS `\` and `_` |
|
||||
|`KC_INT2` |`KC_KANA` |JIS Katakana/Hiragana |
|
||||
|`KC_INT3` |`KC_JYEN` |JIS `¥` and `\|` |
|
||||
|`KC_INT4` |`KC_HENK` |JIS Henkan |
|
||||
|`KC_INT5` |`KC_MHEN` |JIS Muhenkan |
|
||||
|`KC_INT6` | |JIS Numpad `,` |
|
||||
|`KC_INT7` | |International 7 |
|
||||
|`KC_INT8` | |International 8 |
|
||||
|`KC_INT9` | |International 9 |
|
||||
|`KC_LANG1` |`KC_HAEN` |Hangul/English |
|
||||
|`KC_LANG2` |`KC_HANJ` |Hanja |
|
||||
|`KC_LANG3` | |JIS Katakana |
|
||||
|`KC_LANG4` | |JIS Hiragana |
|
||||
|`KC_LANG5` | |JIS Zenkaku/Hankaku |
|
||||
|`KC_LANG6` | |Language 6 |
|
||||
|`KC_LANG7` | |Language 7 |
|
||||
|`KC_LANG8` | |Language 8 |
|
||||
|`KC_LANG9` | |Language 9 |
|
||||
|`KC_ALT_ERASE` |`KC_ERAS` |Alternate Erase |
|
||||
|`KC_SYSREQ` | |SysReq/Attention |
|
||||
|`KC_CANCEL` | |Cancel |
|
||||
|`KC_CLEAR` |`KC_CLR` |Clear |
|
||||
|`KC_PRIOR` | |Prior |
|
||||
|`KC_RETURN` | |Return |
|
||||
|`KC_SEPARATOR` | |Separator |
|
||||
|`KC_OUT` | |Out |
|
||||
|`KC_OPER` | |Oper |
|
||||
|`KC_CLEAR_AGAIN` | |Clear/Again |
|
||||
|`KC_CRSEL` | |CrSel/Props |
|
||||
|`KC_EXSEL` | |ExSel |
|
||||
|`KC_LCTRL` |`KC_LCTL` |Left Control |
|
||||
|`KC_LSHIFT` |`KC_LSFT` |Left Shift |
|
||||
|`KC_LALT` |`KC_LOPT` |Left Alt (Option) |
|
||||
|`KC_LGUI` |`KC_LCMD`, `KC_LWIN` |Left GUI (Windows/Command/Meta key) |
|
||||
|`KC_RCTRL` |`KC_RCTL` |Right Control |
|
||||
|`KC_RSHIFT` |`KC_RSFT` |Right Shift |
|
||||
|`KC_RALT` |`KC_ROPT`, `KC_ALGR` |Right Alt (Option/AltGr) |
|
||||
|`KC_RGUI` |`KC_RCMD`, `KC_RWIN` |Right GUI (Windows/Command/Meta key) |
|
||||
|`KC_SYSTEM_POWER` |`KC_PWR` |System Power Down |
|
||||
|`KC_SYSTEM_SLEEP` |`KC_SLEP` |System Sleep |
|
||||
|`KC_SYSTEM_WAKE` |`KC_WAKE` |System Wake |
|
||||
|`KC_AUDIO_MUTE` |`KC_MUTE` |Mute |
|
||||
|`KC_AUDIO_VOL_UP` |`KC_VOLU` |Volume Up |
|
||||
|`KC_AUDIO_VOL_DOWN` |`KC_VOLD` |Volume Down |
|
||||
|`KC_MEDIA_NEXT_TRACK` |`KC_MNXT` |Next Track |
|
||||
|`KC_MEDIA_PREV_TRACK` |`KC_MPRV` |Previous Track |
|
||||
|`KC_MEDIA_STOP` |`KC_MSTP` |Stop Track (Windows) |
|
||||
|`KC_MEDIA_PLAY_PAUSE` |`KC_MPLY` |Play/Pause Track |
|
||||
|`KC_MEDIA_SELECT` |`KC_MSEL` |Launch Media Player (Windows) |
|
||||
|`KC_MEDIA_EJECT` |`KC_EJCT` |Eject (macOS) |
|
||||
|`KC_MAIL` | |Launch Mail (Windows) |
|
||||
|`KC_CALCULATOR` |`KC_CALC` |Launch Calculator (Windows) |
|
||||
|`KC_MY_COMPUTER` |`KC_MYCM` |Launch My Computer (Windows) |
|
||||
|`KC_WWW_SEARCH` |`KC_WSCH` |Browser Search (Windows) |
|
||||
|`KC_WWW_HOME` |`KC_WHOM` |Browser Home (Windows) |
|
||||
|`KC_WWW_BACK` |`KC_WBAK` |Browser Back (Windows) |
|
||||
|`KC_WWW_FORWARD` |`KC_WFWD` |Browser Forward (Windows) |
|
||||
|`KC_WWW_STOP` |`KC_WSTP` |Browser Stop (Windows) |
|
||||
|`KC_WWW_REFRESH` |`KC_WREF` |Browser Refresh (Windows) |
|
||||
|`KC_WWW_FAVORITES` |`KC_WFAV` |Browser Favorites (Windows) |
|
||||
|`KC_MEDIA_FAST_FORWARD`|`KC_MFFD` |Next Track (macOS) |
|
||||
|`KC_MEDIA_REWIND` |`KC_MRWD` |Previous Track (macOS) |
|
||||
|`KC_BRIGHTNESS_UP` |`KC_BRIU` |Brightness Up |
|
||||
|`KC_BRIGHTNESS_DOWN` |`KC_BRID` |Brightness Down |
|
||||
|Key |Aliases |Description |Windows |macOS |Linux<sup>1</sup>|
|
||||
|-----------------------|------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------|-------------|-------------|-----------------|
|
||||
|`KC_NO` |`XXXXXXX` |Ignore this key (NOOP) |*N/A* |*N/A* |*N/A* |
|
||||
|`KC_TRANSPARENT` |`KC_TRNS`, `_______` |Use the next lowest non-transparent key |*N/A* |*N/A* |*N/A* |
|
||||
|`KC_A` | |`a` and `A` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_B` | |`b` and `B` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_C` | |`c` and `C` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_D` | |`d` and `D` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_E` | |`e` and `E` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_F` | |`f` and `F` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_G` | |`g` and `G` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_H` | |`h` and `H` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_I` | |`i` and `I` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_J` | |`j` and `J` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_K` | |`k` and `K` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_L` | |`l` and `L` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_M` | |`m` and `M` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_N` | |`n` and `N` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_O` | |`o` and `O` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_P` | |`p` and `P` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_Q` | |`q` and `Q` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_R` | |`r` and `R` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_S` | |`s` and `S` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_T` | |`t` and `T` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_U` | |`u` and `U` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_V` | |`v` and `V` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_W` | |`w` and `W` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_X` | |`x` and `X` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_Y` | |`y` and `Y` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_Z` | |`z` and `Z` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_1` | |`1` and `!` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_2` | |`2` and `@` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_3` | |`3` and `#` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_4` | |`4` and `$` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_5` | |`5` and `%` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_6` | |`6` and `^` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_7` | |`7` and `&` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_8` | |`8` and `*` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_9` | |`9` and `(` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_0` | |`0` and `)` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_ENTER` |`KC_ENT` |Return (Enter) |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_ESCAPE` |`KC_ESC` |Escape |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_BSPACE` |`KC_BSPC` |Delete (Backspace) |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_TAB` | |Tab |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_SPACE` |`KC_SPC` |Spacebar |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_MINUS` |`KC_MINS` |`-` and `_` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_EQUAL` |`KC_EQL` |`=` and `+` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_LBRACKET` |`KC_LBRC` |`[` and `{` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_RBRACKET` |`KC_RBRC` |`]` and `}` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_BSLASH` |`KC_BSLS` |`\` and `\|` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_NONUS_HASH` |`KC_NUHS` |Non-US `#` and `~` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_SCOLON` |`KC_SCLN` |`;` and `:` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_QUOTE` |`KC_QUOT` |`'` and `"` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_GRAVE` |`KC_GRV`, `KC_ZKHK` |<code>`</code> and `~`, JIS Zenkaku/Hankaku|✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_COMMA` |`KC_COMM` |`,` and `<` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_DOT` | |`.` and `>` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_SLASH` |`KC_SLSH` |`/` and `?` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_CAPSLOCK` |`KC_CLCK`, `KC_CAPS` |Caps Lock |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_F1` | |F1 |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_F2` | |F2 |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_F3` | |F3 |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_F4` | |F4 |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_F5` | |F5 |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_F6` | |F6 |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_F7` | |F7 |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_F8` | |F8 |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_F9` | |F9 |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_F10` | |F10 |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_F11` | |F11 |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_F12` | |F12 |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_PSCREEN` |`KC_PSCR` |Print Screen |✔ |✔<sup>2</sup>|✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_SCROLLLOCK` |`KC_SLCK`, `KC_BRMD` |Scroll Lock, Brightness Down (macOS) |✔ |✔<sup>2</sup>|✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_PAUSE` |`KC_PAUS`, `KC_BRK`, `KC_BRMU`|Pause, Brightness Up (macOS) |✔ |✔<sup>2</sup>|✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_INSERT` |`KC_INS` |Insert |✔ | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_HOME` | |Home |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_PGUP` | |Page Up |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_DELETE` |`KC_DEL` |Forward Delete |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_END` | |End |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_PGDOWN` |`KC_PGDN` |Page Down |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_RIGHT` |`KC_RGHT` |Right Arrow |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_LEFT` | |Left Arrow |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_DOWN` | |Down Arrow |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_UP` | |Up Arrow |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_NUMLOCK` |`KC_NLCK` |Keypad Num Lock and Clear |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_SLASH` |`KC_PSLS` |Keypad `/` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_ASTERISK` |`KC_PAST` |Keypad `*` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_MINUS` |`KC_PMNS` |Keypad `-` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_PLUS` |`KC_PPLS` |Keypad `+` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_ENTER` |`KC_PENT` |Keypad Enter |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_1` |`KC_P1` |Keypad `1` and End |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_2` |`KC_P2` |Keypad `2` and Down Arrow |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_3` |`KC_P3` |Keypad `3` and Page Down |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_4` |`KC_P4` |Keypad `4` and Left Arrow |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_5` |`KC_P5` |Keypad `5` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_6` |`KC_P6` |Keypad `6` and Right Arrow |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_7` |`KC_P7` |Keypad `7` and Home |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_8` |`KC_P8` |Keypad `8` and Up Arrow |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_9` |`KC_P9` |Keypad `9` and Page Up |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_0` |`KC_P0` |Keypad `0` and Insert |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_DOT` |`KC_PDOT` |Keypad `.` and Delete |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_NONUS_BSLASH` |`KC_NUBS` |Non-US `\` and `\|` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_APPLICATION` |`KC_APP` |Application (Windows Context Menu Key) |✔ | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_POWER` | |System Power | |✔<sup>3</sup>|✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_EQUAL` |`KC_PEQL` |Keypad `=` |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_F13` | |F13 |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_F14` | |F14 |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_F15` | |F15 |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_F16` | |F16 |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_F17` | |F17 |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_F18` | |F18 |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_F19` | |F19 |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_F20` | |F20 |✔ | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_F21` | |F21 |✔ | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_F22` | |F22 |✔ | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_F23` | |F23 |✔ | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_F24` | |F24 |✔ | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_EXECUTE` |`KC_EXEC` |Execute | | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_HELP` | |Help | | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_MENU` | |Menu | | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_SELECT` |`KC_SLCT` |Select | | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_STOP` | |Stop | | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_AGAIN` |`KC_AGIN` |Again | | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_UNDO` | |Undo | | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_CUT` | |Cut | | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_COPY` | |Copy | | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_PASTE` |`KC_PSTE` |Paste | | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_FIND` | |Find | | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC__MUTE` | |Mute | |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC__VOLUP` | |Volume Up | |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC__VOLDOWN` | |Volume Down | |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_LOCKING_CAPS` |`KC_LCAP` |Locking Caps Lock |✔ |✔ | |
|
||||
|`KC_LOCKING_NUM` |`KC_LNUM` |Locking Num Lock |✔ |✔ | |
|
||||
|`KC_LOCKING_SCROLL` |`KC_LSCR` |Locking Scroll Lock |✔ |✔ | |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_COMMA` |`KC_PCMM` |Keypad `,` | | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_KP_EQUAL_AS400` | |Keypad `=` on AS/400 keyboards | | | |
|
||||
|`KC_INT1` |`KC_RO` |JIS `\` and `_` |✔ | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_INT2` |`KC_KANA` |JIS Katakana/Hiragana |✔ | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_INT3` |`KC_JYEN` |JIS `¥` and `\|` |✔ | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_INT4` |`KC_HENK` |JIS Henkan |✔ | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_INT5` |`KC_MHEN` |JIS Muhenkan |✔ | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_INT6` | |JIS Numpad `,` | | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_INT7` | |International 7 | | | |
|
||||
|`KC_INT8` | |International 8 | | | |
|
||||
|`KC_INT9` | |International 9 | | | |
|
||||
|`KC_LANG1` |`KC_HAEN` |Hangul/English | | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_LANG2` |`KC_HANJ` |Hanja | | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_LANG3` | |JIS Katakana | | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_LANG4` | |JIS Hiragana | | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_LANG5` | |JIS Zenkaku/Hankaku | | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_LANG6` | |Language 6 | | | |
|
||||
|`KC_LANG7` | |Language 7 | | | |
|
||||
|`KC_LANG8` | |Language 8 | | | |
|
||||
|`KC_LANG9` | |Language 9 | | | |
|
||||
|`KC_ALT_ERASE` |`KC_ERAS` |Alternate Erase | | | |
|
||||
|`KC_SYSREQ` | |SysReq/Attention | | | |
|
||||
|`KC_CANCEL` | |Cancel | | | |
|
||||
|`KC_CLEAR` |`KC_CLR` |Clear | | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_PRIOR` | |Prior | | | |
|
||||
|`KC_RETURN` | |Return | | | |
|
||||
|`KC_SEPARATOR` | |Separator | | | |
|
||||
|`KC_OUT` | |Out | | | |
|
||||
|`KC_OPER` | |Oper | | | |
|
||||
|`KC_CLEAR_AGAIN` | |Clear/Again | | | |
|
||||
|`KC_CRSEL` | |CrSel/Props | | | |
|
||||
|`KC_EXSEL` | |ExSel | | | |
|
||||
|`KC_LCTRL` |`KC_LCTL` |Left Control |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_LSHIFT` |`KC_LSFT` |Left Shift |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_LALT` |`KC_LOPT` |Left Alt (Option) |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_LGUI` |`KC_LCMD`, `KC_LWIN` |Left GUI (Windows/Command/Meta key) |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_RCTRL` |`KC_RCTL` |Right Control |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_RSHIFT` |`KC_RSFT` |Right Shift |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_RALT` |`KC_ROPT`, `KC_ALGR` |Right Alt (Option/AltGr) |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_RGUI` |`KC_RCMD`, `KC_RWIN` |Right GUI (Windows/Command/Meta key) |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_SYSTEM_POWER` |`KC_PWR` |System Power Down |✔ |✔<sup>3</sup>|✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_SYSTEM_SLEEP` |`KC_SLEP` |System Sleep |✔ |✔<sup>3</sup>|✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_SYSTEM_WAKE` |`KC_WAKE` |System Wake | |✔<sup>3</sup>|✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_AUDIO_MUTE` |`KC_MUTE` |Mute |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_AUDIO_VOL_UP` |`KC_VOLU` |Volume Up |✔ |✔<sup>4</sup>|✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_AUDIO_VOL_DOWN` |`KC_VOLD` |Volume Down |✔ |✔<sup>4</sup>|✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_MEDIA_NEXT_TRACK` |`KC_MNXT` |Next Track |✔ |✔<sup>5</sup>|✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_MEDIA_PREV_TRACK` |`KC_MPRV` |Previous Track |✔ |✔<sup>5</sup>|✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_MEDIA_STOP` |`KC_MSTP` |Stop Track |✔ | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_MEDIA_PLAY_PAUSE` |`KC_MPLY` |Play/Pause Track |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_MEDIA_SELECT` |`KC_MSEL` |Launch Media Player |✔ | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_MEDIA_EJECT` |`KC_EJCT` |Eject | |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_MAIL` | |Launch Mail |✔ | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_CALCULATOR` |`KC_CALC` |Launch Calculator |✔ | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_MY_COMPUTER` |`KC_MYCM` |Launch My Computer |✔ | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_WWW_SEARCH` |`KC_WSCH` |Browser Search |✔ | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_WWW_HOME` |`KC_WHOM` |Browser Home |✔ | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_WWW_BACK` |`KC_WBAK` |Browser Back |✔ | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_WWW_FORWARD` |`KC_WFWD` |Browser Forward |✔ | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_WWW_STOP` |`KC_WSTP` |Browser Stop |✔ | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_WWW_REFRESH` |`KC_WREF` |Browser Refresh |✔ | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_WWW_FAVORITES` |`KC_WFAV` |Browser Favorites |✔ | |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_MEDIA_FAST_FORWARD`|`KC_MFFD` |Next Track |✔ |✔<sup>5</sup>|✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_MEDIA_REWIND` |`KC_MRWD` |Previous Track |✔<sup>6</sup>|✔<sup>5</sup>|✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_BRIGHTNESS_UP` |`KC_BRIU` |Brightness Up |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|`KC_BRIGHTNESS_DOWN` |`KC_BRID` |Brightness Down |✔ |✔ |✔ |
|
||||
|
||||
<sup>1. The Linux kernel HID driver recognizes [nearly all keycodes](https://github.com/torvalds/linux/blob/master/drivers/hid/hid-input.c), but the default bindings depend on the DE/WM.</sup><br/>
|
||||
<sup>2. Treated as F13-F15.</sup><br/>
|
||||
<sup>3. Must be held for about three seconds, and will display a prompt instead.</sup><br/>
|
||||
<sup>4. Holding Shift+Option allows for finer control of volume level.</sup><br/>
|
||||
<sup>5. Skips the entire track in iTunes when tapped, seeks within the current track when held.</sup><br/>
|
||||
<sup>6. WMP does not recognize the Rewind key, but both alter playback speed in VLC.</sup>
|
||||
|
||||
## Quantum Keycodes :id=quantum-keycodes
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -531,6 +538,7 @@ See also: [Swap Hands](feature_swap_hands.md)
|
||||
|`SH_MOFF` |Momentarily turns off swap. |
|
||||
|`SH_TG` |Toggles swap on and off with every key press. |
|
||||
|`SH_TT` |Toggles with a tap; momentary when held. |
|
||||
|`SH_OS` |One shot swap hands: toggle while pressed or until next key press. |
|
||||
|
||||
## Unicode Support :id=unicode-support
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -71,10 +71,22 @@ On the other hand, you can change `layer_state` to overlay the base layer with o
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### Layer Precedence and Transparency
|
||||
Note that ***higher layer has higher priority on stack of layers***, namely firmware falls down from top layer to bottom to look up keycode. Once it spots keycode other than **`KC_TRNS`**(transparent) on a layer it stops searching and lower layers aren't referred.
|
||||
Note that ***higher layers have higher priority within the stack of layers***. The firmware works its way down from the highest active layers to look up keycodes. Once the firmware locates a keycode other than `KC_TRNS` (transparent) on an active layer, it stops searching, and lower layers aren't referenced.
|
||||
|
||||
You can place `KC_TRANS` on overlay layer changes just part of layout to fall back on lower or base layer.
|
||||
Key with `KC_TRANS` (`KC_TRNS` and `_______` are the alias) doesn't has its own keycode and refers to lower valid layers for keycode, instead.
|
||||
____________
|
||||
/ / <--- Higher layer
|
||||
/ KC_TRNS //
|
||||
/___________// <--- Lower layer (KC_A)
|
||||
/___________/
|
||||
|
||||
In the above scenario, the non-transparent keys on the higher layer would be usable, but whenever `KC_TRNS` (or equivalent) is defined, the keycode (`KC_A`) on the lower level would be used.
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** Valid ways to denote transparency on a given layer:
|
||||
* `KC_TRANSPARENT`
|
||||
* `KC_TRNS` (alias)
|
||||
* `_______` (alias)
|
||||
|
||||
These keycodes allow the processing to fall through to lower layers in search of a non-transparent keycode to process.
|
||||
|
||||
## Anatomy of a `keymap.c`
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -1,18 +1,41 @@
|
||||
# Flashing Your Keyboard
|
||||
# Flashing Your Keyboard
|
||||
|
||||
Now that you've built a custom firmware file you'll want to flash your keyboard.
|
||||
Now that you've built a custom firmware file you'll want to flash your keyboard.
|
||||
|
||||
## Put Your Keyboard into DFU (Bootloader) Mode
|
||||
|
||||
In order to flash your custom firmware you must first put your keyboard into a special flashing mode. While it is in this mode you will not be able to type or otherwise use your keyboard. It is very important that you do not unplug the keyboard or otherwise interrupt the flashing process while the firmware is being written.
|
||||
|
||||
Different keyboards have different ways to enter this special mode. If your PCB currently runs QMK, TMK, or PS2AVRGB (Bootmapper Client) and you have not been given specific instructions, try the following, in order:
|
||||
|
||||
* Hold down both shift keys and press `Pause`
|
||||
* Hold down both shift keys and press `B`
|
||||
* Unplug your keyboard, hold down the Spacebar and `B` at the same time, plug in your keyboard and wait a second before releasing the keys
|
||||
* Unplug your keyboard, hold down the top or bottom left key (usually Escape or Left Control) and plug in your keyboard
|
||||
* Press the physical `RESET` button, usually located on the underside of the PCB
|
||||
* Locate header pins on the PCB labeled `RESET` and `GND`, and short them together while plugging your PCB in
|
||||
|
||||
If you've attempted all of the above to no avail, and the main chip on the board says `STM32` on it, this may be a bit more complicated. Generally your best bet is to ask on [Discord](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh) for assistance. It's likely some photos of the board will be asked for -- if you can get them ready beforehand it'll help move things along!
|
||||
|
||||
Otherwise, you should see a message in yellow, similar to this in QMK Toolbox:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
*** DFU device connected: Atmel Corp. ATmega32U4 (03EB:2FF4:0000)
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
and this bootloader device will also be present in Device Manager, System Information.app, or `lsusb`.
|
||||
|
||||
## Flashing Your Keyboard with QMK Toolbox
|
||||
|
||||
The simplest way to flash your keyboard will be with the [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox/releases).
|
||||
The simplest way to flash your keyboard will be with the [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox/releases).
|
||||
|
||||
However, the QMK Toolbox is only available for Windows and macOS currently. If you're using Linux (or just wish to flash the firmware from the command line), proceed down to [Flash Your Keyboard From The Command Line](#flash-your-keyboard-from-the-command-line).
|
||||
However, the Toolbox is currently only available for Windows and macOS. If you're using Linux (or just wish to flash the firmware from the command line), skip to the [Flash your Keyboard from the Command Line](#flash-your-keyboard-from-the-command-line) section.
|
||||
|
||||
### Load The File Into QMK Toolbox
|
||||
### Load the File into QMK Toolbox
|
||||
|
||||
Begin by opening the QMK Toolbox application. You'll want to locate the firmware file in Finder or Explorer. Your keyboard firmware may be in one of two formats- `.hex` or `.bin`. QMK tries to copy the appropriate one for your keyboard into the root `qmk_firmware` directory.
|
||||
|
||||
If you are on Windows or macOS there are commands you can use to easily open the current firmware folder in Explorer or Finder.
|
||||
If you are on Windows or macOS, there are commands you can use to easily open the current folder in Explorer or Finder.
|
||||
|
||||
#### Windows
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -38,65 +61,44 @@ For example, the `planck/rev5` with a `default` keymap will have this filename:
|
||||
planck_rev5_default.hex
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Once you have located your firmware file drag it into the "Local file" box in QMK Toolbox, or click "Open" and navigate to where your firmware file is stored.
|
||||
|
||||
### Put Your Keyboard Into DFU (Bootloader) Mode
|
||||
|
||||
In order to flash your custom firmware you have to put your keyboard into a special flashing mode. While it is in this mode you will not be able to type or otherwise use your keyboard. It is very important that you do not unplug your keyboard or otherwise interrupt the flashing process while the firmware is being written.
|
||||
|
||||
Different keyboards have different ways to enter this special mode. If your PCB currently runs QMK or TMK and you have not been given specific instructions try the following, in order:
|
||||
|
||||
* Hold down both shift keys and press `Pause`
|
||||
* Hold down both shift keys and press `B`
|
||||
* Unplug your keyboard, hold down the Spacebar and `B` at the same time, plug in your keyboard and wait a second before releasing the keys
|
||||
* Press the physical `RESET` button on the bottom of the PCB
|
||||
* Locate header pins on the PCB labeled `BOOT0` or `RESET`, short those together while plugging your PCB in
|
||||
|
||||
When you are successful you will see a message similar to this in QMK Toolbox:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
*** Clueboard - Clueboard 66% HotSwap disconnected -- 0xC1ED:0x2390
|
||||
*** DFU device connected
|
||||
```
|
||||
Once you have located your firmware file drag it into the "Local file" box in QMK Toolbox, or click "Open" and navigate to where your firmware file is stored.
|
||||
|
||||
### Flash Your Keyboard
|
||||
|
||||
Click the `Flash` button in QMK Toolbox. You will see output similar to the following:
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
*** Clueboard - Clueboard 66% HotSwap disconnected -- 0xC1ED:0x2390
|
||||
*** DFU device connected
|
||||
*** DFU device connected: Atmel Corp. ATmega32U4 (03EB:2FF4:0000)
|
||||
*** Attempting to flash, please don't remove device
|
||||
>>> dfu-programmer atmega32u4 erase --force
|
||||
>>> dfu-programmer.exe atmega32u4 erase --force
|
||||
Erasing flash... Success
|
||||
Checking memory from 0x0 to 0x6FFF... Empty.
|
||||
>>> dfu-programmer atmega32u4 flash /Users/skully/qmk_firmware/clueboard_66_hotswap_gen1_skully.hex
|
||||
Checking memory from 0x0 to 0x55FF... Empty.
|
||||
0% 100% Programming 0x5600 bytes...
|
||||
>>> dfu-programmer.exe atmega32u4 flash "D:\Git\qmk_firmware\gh60_satan_default.hex"
|
||||
Checking memory from 0x0 to 0x3F7F... Empty.
|
||||
0% 100% Programming 0x3F80 bytes...
|
||||
[>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>] Success
|
||||
0% 100% Reading 0x7000 bytes...
|
||||
[>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>] Success
|
||||
Validating... Success
|
||||
0x5600 bytes written into 0x7000 bytes memory (76.79%).
|
||||
>>> dfu-programmer atmega32u4 reset
|
||||
0x3F80 bytes written into 0x7000 bytes memory (56.70%).
|
||||
>>> dfu-programmer.exe atmega32u4 reset
|
||||
|
||||
*** DFU device disconnected
|
||||
*** Clueboard - Clueboard 66% HotSwap connected -- 0xC1ED:0x2390
|
||||
*** DFU device disconnected: Atmel Corp: ATmega32U4 (03EB:2FF4:0000)
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
## Flash your Keyboard from the Command Line
|
||||
|
||||
This has been made pretty simple compared to what it used to be. When you are ready to compile and flash your firmware, open up your terminal window and run the flash command:
|
||||
This has been made pretty simple compared to what it used to be. When you are ready to compile and flash your firmware, open up your terminal window and run the flash command:
|
||||
|
||||
qmk flash
|
||||
|
||||
If you have not configured your keyboard/keymap name, or you have multiple keyboards, you can specify the keyboard and keymap:
|
||||
If you have not configured your keyboard/keymap name in the CLI, or you have multiple keyboards, you can specify the keyboard and keymap:
|
||||
|
||||
qmk flash -kb <my_keyboard> -km <my_keymap>
|
||||
|
||||
This will check the keyboard's configuration, and then attempt to flash it based on the specified bootloader. This means that you don't need to know which bootloader that your keyboard uses. Just run the command, and let the command do the heavy lifting.
|
||||
This will check the keyboard's configuration, and then attempt to flash it based on the specified bootloader. This means that you don't need to know which bootloader that your keyboard uses. Just run the command, and let the command do the heavy lifting.
|
||||
|
||||
However, this does rely on the bootloader being set by the keyboard. If this information is not configured, or you're using a board that doesn't have a supported target to flash it, you will see this error:
|
||||
However, this does rely on the bootloader being set by the keyboard. If this information is not configured, or you're using a board that doesn't have a supported target to flash it, you will see this error:
|
||||
|
||||
WARNING: This board's bootloader is not specified or is not supported by the ":flash" target at this time.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -57,18 +57,33 @@ You may be asked to close and reopen the window. Do this and keep running the ab
|
||||
|
||||
You will need to install Homebrew. Follow the instructions on the [Homebrew homepage](https://brew.sh).
|
||||
|
||||
After Homebrew is installed run these commands:
|
||||
After Homebrew is installed run this command:
|
||||
|
||||
brew tap qmk/qmk
|
||||
brew install qmk
|
||||
brew install qmk/qmk/qmk
|
||||
|
||||
### Linux
|
||||
|
||||
You will need to install Git and Python. It's very likely that you already have both, but if not, one of the following commands should install them:
|
||||
|
||||
* Debian / Ubuntu / Devuan: `apt-get install git python3 && python3 -m pip install qmk`
|
||||
* Fedora / Red Hat / CentOS: `yum install git python3 && python3 -m pip install qmk`
|
||||
* Arch: `yay -S qmk` (or use any other AUR Helper)
|
||||
* Debian / Ubuntu / Devuan: `sudo apt install git python3 python3-pip`
|
||||
* Fedora / Red Hat / CentOS: `sudo yum install git python3 python3-pip`
|
||||
* Arch / Manjaro: `sudo pacman -S git python python-pip python-setuptools libffi`
|
||||
|
||||
Install the global CLI to bootstrap your system:
|
||||
|
||||
`python3 -m pip install --user qmk` (on Arch-based distros you can also try the `qmk` package from AUR (**note**: it's maintained by a community member): `yay -S qmk`)
|
||||
|
||||
### FreeBSD
|
||||
|
||||
You will need to install Git and Python. It's possible that you already have both, but if not, run the following commands to install them:
|
||||
|
||||
pkg install git python3
|
||||
|
||||
Make sure that `$HOME/.local/bin` is added to your `$PATH` so that locally install Python packages are available.
|
||||
|
||||
Once installed, you can install QMK CLI:
|
||||
|
||||
python3 -m pip install --user qmk
|
||||
|
||||
## 3. Run QMK Setup :id=set-up-qmk
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -78,6 +93,18 @@ After installing QMK you can set it up with this command:
|
||||
|
||||
In most situations you will want to answer Yes to all of the prompts.
|
||||
|
||||
?>**Note on Debian, Ubuntu and their derivatives**:
|
||||
It's possible, that you will get an error saying something like: `bash: qmk: command not found`.
|
||||
This is due to a [bug](https://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=839155) Debian introduced with their Bash 4.4 release, which removed `$HOME/.local/bin` from the PATH. This bug was later fixed on Debian and Ubuntu.
|
||||
Sadly, Ubuntu reitroduced this bug and is [yet to fix it](https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/bash/+bug/1588562).
|
||||
Luckily, the fix is easy. Run this as your user: `echo 'PATH="$HOME/.local/bin:$PATH"' >> $HOME/.bashrc && source $HOME/.bashrc`
|
||||
|
||||
?>**Note on FreeBSD**:
|
||||
It is suggested to run `qmk setup` as a non-`root` user to start with, but this will likely identify packages that need to be installed to your
|
||||
base system using `pkg`. However the installation will probably fail when run as an unprivileged user.
|
||||
To manually install the base dependencies, run `./util/qmk_install.sh` either as `root`, or with `sudo`.
|
||||
Once that completes, re-run `qmk setup` to complete the setup and checks.
|
||||
|
||||
?> If you already know [how to use GitHub](getting_started_github.md), we recommend that you create your own fork and use `qmk setup <github_username>/qmk_firmware` to clone your personal fork. If you don't know what that means you can safely ignore this message.
|
||||
|
||||
## 4. Test Your Build Environment
|
||||
@@ -108,7 +135,7 @@ Most people new to QMK only have 1 keyboard. You can set this keyboard as your d
|
||||
|
||||
qmk config user.keyboard=clueboard/66/rev4
|
||||
|
||||
You can also set your default keymap name. Most people use their github username here, and we recommend that you do too.
|
||||
You can also set your default keymap name. Most people use their GitHub username here, and we recommend that you do too.
|
||||
|
||||
qmk config user.keymap=<github_username>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ You can control the behavior of one shot keys by defining these in `config.h`:
|
||||
#define ONESHOT_TIMEOUT 5000 /* Time (in ms) before the one shot key is released */
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
* `OSM(mod)` - Momentarily hold down *mod*. You must use the `MOD_*` keycodes as shown in [Mod Tap](#mod-tap), not the `KC_*` codes.
|
||||
* `OSM(mod)` - Momentarily hold down *mod*. You must use the `MOD_*` keycodes as shown in [Mod Tap](mod_tap.md), not the `KC_*` codes.
|
||||
* `OSL(layer)` - momentary switch to *layer*.
|
||||
|
||||
Sometimes, you want to activate a one-shot key as part of a macro or tap dance routine.
|
||||
|
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ There are a number of extensions that you may want to install:
|
||||
This installs a bunch of Git related tools that may make using Git with QMK Firmware easier.
|
||||
* [EditorConfig for VS Code](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=EditorConfig.EditorConfig) - _[Optional]_ - Helps to keep the code to the QMK Coding Conventions.
|
||||
* [Bracket Pair Colorizer 2](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=CoenraadS.bracket-pair-colorizer-2) - _[Optional]_ - This color codes the brackets in your code, to make it easier to reference nested code.
|
||||
* [Github Markdown Preview](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=bierner.github-markdown-preview) - _[Optional]_ - Makes the markdown preview in VS Code more like GitHub's.
|
||||
* [GitHub Markdown Preview](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=bierner.github-markdown-preview) - _[Optional]_ - Makes the markdown preview in VS Code more like GitHub's.
|
||||
* [VS Live Share Extension Pack](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=MS-vsliveshare.vsliveshare-pack) - _[Optional]_ - This extension allows somebody else to access your workspace (or you to access somebody else's workspace) and help out. This is great if you're having issues and need some help from somebody.
|
||||
* [VIM Keymap](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=GiuseppeCesarano.vim-keymap) - _[Optional]_ - For those that prefer VIM style keybindings. There are other options for this, too.
|
||||
* [Travis CI Status](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=felixrieseberg.vsc-travis-ci-status) - _[Optional]_ - This shows the current Travis CI status, if you have it set up.
|
||||
|
58
docs/platformdev_selecting_arm_mcu.md
Normal file
58
docs/platformdev_selecting_arm_mcu.md
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
|
||||
# Choosing an Arm MCU :id=choose-arm-mcu
|
||||
|
||||
This page outlines the selection criteria to ensure compatibility with Arm/ChibiOS.
|
||||
|
||||
QMK uses the Hardware Abstraction Layer of ChibiOS in order to run on Arm devices. ChibiOS in general is best supported on STM32 devices, both in the perspective of base MCU support, as well as on-MCU peripheral support. As an extension to the core ChibiOS MCU support, QMK also utilises ChibiOS-Contrib (which includes the Kinetis MCU support layer, as an example), but it does not provide as great a level of peripheral support or general testing for supported devices.
|
||||
|
||||
Adding support for new MCU families must go through ChibiOS or ChibiOS-Contrib -- QMK does not have the bandwidth, resources, nor the inclination to maintain long-term MCU support for your board of choice.
|
||||
|
||||
To be clear: this also includes commercial boards -- unless agreed upon by all parties, QMK will not take over maintenance of a bespoke MCU support package. Even if MCU support is upstreamed into ChibiOS/ChibiOS-Contrib, QMK reserves the right to deprecate and/or remove keyboards utilising support packages that aren't kept up to date with upstream ChibiOS itself.
|
||||
|
||||
## Selecting an already-supported MCU :id=selecting-already-supported-mcu
|
||||
|
||||
### STM32 families
|
||||
|
||||
As outlined earlier, STM32 is the preferred option to ensure greatest compatibility with the subsystems already implemented in QMK. Not all subsystems are compatible yet, but for the most widely-used support is already present.
|
||||
|
||||
The simplest solution to determine if an STM32 MCU is compatible is to navigate to the list of supported STM32 ports in QMK's [ChibiOS fork](https://github.com/qmk/ChibiOS/tree/master/os/hal/ports/STM32). Inside this directory, each of the supported STM32 families will be listed, and inside each family a file called `stm32_registry.h` will be present. Scanning through these files will show `#define`s such as the following, which can be used to determine if ChibiOS supports a particular MCU:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F303xC) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
The example shows that STM32F303xC devices are supported by ChibiOS.
|
||||
|
||||
The next step is to ensure that USB is supported on those devices by ChibiOS -- you can confirm this by checking inside the same section guarded by the `#define` above, specifically for the following to be `TRUE`:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define STM32_HAS_USB TRUE
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
or one of the following being `TRUE`:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define STM32_HAS_OTG1 TRUE
|
||||
#define STM32_HAS_OTG2 TRUE
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
For the most part, this is the bare minimum to be able to have a high confidence that QMK will be able to run on your MCU. After that, it's all up to configuration.
|
||||
|
||||
### Non-STM32 families
|
||||
|
||||
ChibiOS does have support for a handful of non-STM32 devices, and the list can be found in QMK's [ChibiOS fork](https://github.com/qmk/ChibiOS/tree/master/os/hal/ports) and [ChibiOS-Contrib fork](https://github.com/qmk/ChibiOS-Contrib/tree/master/os/hal/ports). Non-STM32 support is likely out of date, and only supports ancient MCUs -- whilst it might be possible to use these, it's not recommended.
|
||||
|
||||
Do note that there are sometimes licensing restrictions with respect to redistribution. As an example, binaries built for nRF5 are not able to be redistributed via QMK Configurator, due to the licensing of their board support package.
|
||||
|
||||
## Adding support for a new STM32 MCU (for an existing family) :id=add-new-stm32-mcu
|
||||
|
||||
Usually, one can "masquerade" as an existing MCU of the same family, especially if the only difference is RAM or Flash size. As an example, some MCUs within the same family are virtually identical, with the exception of adding a cryptographic peripheral -- STM32L072 vs. STM32L082 for instance. Given the unlikely use of the cryptographic peripheral, L082 chips can actually run as if they're an L072, and can be targeted accordingly.
|
||||
|
||||
Adding proper support for new MCUs within an existing STM32 family should ideally be upstreamed to ChibiOS. In general, this will require modifications of the `stm32_registry.h` file, providing correct responses for the same `#define`s provided for the other MCUs in that family.
|
||||
|
||||
## Adding support for a new STM32 Family :id=add-new-stm32-family
|
||||
|
||||
If this is a requirement, this needs to go through upstream ChibiOS before QMK would consider accepting boards targeting the new family. More information for porting should be sought by approaching ChibiOS directly, rather than through QMK.
|
||||
|
||||
## Adding support for a new MCU Family :id=add-new-mcu-family
|
||||
|
||||
As stated earlier, in order for a new MCU family to be supported by QMK, it needs to be upstreamed into ChibiOS-Contrib before QMK will consider accepting boards using it. The same principle applies for development -- you're best approaching the ChibiOS-Contrib maintainers to get a bit more of an idea on what's involved with upstreaming your contribution.
|
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ These are defaults based on what has been implemented for ARM boards.
|
||||
| [RGB Lighting](feature_rgblight.md) | Disabled |
|
||||
| [Backlight](feature_backlight.md) | Forces [task driven PWM](feature_backlight.md#software-pwm-driver) until ARM can provide automatic configuration |
|
||||
| USB Host (e.g. USB-USB converter) | Not supported (USB host code is AVR specific and is not currently supported on ARM) |
|
||||
| [Split keyboards](feature_split_keyboard.md) | Not supported yet |
|
||||
| [Split keyboards](feature_split_keyboard.md) | Partial - heavily dependent on enabled features |
|
||||
|
||||
## Manual Conversion
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ QMK (*Quantum Mechanical Keyboard*) é uma comunidade de código aberto que mant
|
||||
|
||||
## Como obter e usar o QMK
|
||||
|
||||
Se você planeja contribuir com um _keymap_ ("mapa de teclas"), teclado ou recursos para o QMK, o jeito mais fácil é [percorrer o repositório através do Github](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware#fork-destination-box) e clonar seu repositório localmente para fazer suas alterações, dê um _push_ nelas e abra uma [_Pull request_](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls) no seu fork.
|
||||
Se você planeja contribuir com um _keymap_ ("mapa de teclas"), teclado ou recursos para o QMK, o jeito mais fácil é [percorrer o repositório através do GitHub](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware#fork-destination-box) e clonar seu repositório localmente para fazer suas alterações, dê um _push_ nelas e abra uma [_Pull request_](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls) no seu fork.
|
||||
|
||||
Caso contrário, você pode cloná-lo diretamente com `git clone https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware`. Não faça o download dos arquivos zip ou tar; é necessário um repositório git para baixar os submódulos para compilar.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
|
||||
* [QMK CLI](pt-br/cli.md)
|
||||
* [QMK CLI Config](pt-br/cli_configuration.md)
|
||||
* [Contributing to QMK](pt-br/contributing.md)
|
||||
* [How to Use Github](pt-br/getting_started_github.md)
|
||||
* [How to Use GitHub](pt-br/getting_started_github.md)
|
||||
* [Getting Help](pt-br/getting_started_getting_help.md)
|
||||
|
||||
* [Breaking Changes](pt-br/breaking_changes.md)
|
||||
|
80
docs/reference_keymap_extras.md
Normal file
80
docs/reference_keymap_extras.md
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
|
||||
# Language-specific Keycodes
|
||||
|
||||
Keyboards are able to support a wide range of languages. However, they do not send the actual characters produced by pressing their keys - instead, they send numerical codes. In the USB HID spec, these are called "usages", although they are more often referred to as "scancodes" or "keycodes" when in the context of keyboards.
|
||||
Less than 256 usages are defined in the HID Keyboard/Keypad usage page, and some of those do nothing on modern operating systems. So, how is this language support achieved?
|
||||
|
||||
In a nutshell, the operating system maps the usages it receives to the appropriate character based on the user's configured keyboard layout. For example, when a Swedish person presses the key with the `å` character printed on it, the keyboard is *actually* sending the keycode for `[`.
|
||||
|
||||
Obviously, this could get confusing, so QMK provides language-specific keycode aliases for many keyboard layouts. These won't do much on their own - you still have to set the matching keyboard layout in your OS settings. Think of them more as keycap labels for your keymap.
|
||||
|
||||
To use these, simply `#include` the corresponding [header file](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/quantum/keymap_extras) in your `keymap.c`, and add the keycodes defined in them in place of the `KC_` prefixed ones:
|
||||
|
||||
|Layout |Header |
|
||||
|---------------------------|--------------------------------|
|
||||
|Canadian Multilingual (CSA)|`keymap_canadian_multilingual.h`|
|
||||
|Croatian |`keymap_croatian.h` |
|
||||
|Czech |`keymap_czech.h` |
|
||||
|Danish |`keymap_danish.h` |
|
||||
|Dutch (Belgium) |`keymap_belgian.h` |
|
||||
|English (Ireland) |`keymap_irish.h` |
|
||||
|English (UK) |`keymap_uk.h` |
|
||||
|English (US International) |`keymap_us_international.h` |
|
||||
|Estonian |`keymap_estonian.h` |
|
||||
|Finnish |`keymap_finnish.h` |
|
||||
|French |`keymap_french.h` |
|
||||
|French (BÉPO) |`keymap_bepo.h` |
|
||||
|French (Belgium) |`keymap_belgian.h` |
|
||||
|French (Switzerland) |`keymap_fr_ch.h` |
|
||||
|French (macOS, ISO) |`keymap_french_osx.h` |
|
||||
|German |`keymap_german.h` |
|
||||
|German (Switzerland) |`keymap_german_ch.h` |
|
||||
|German (macOS) |`keymap_german_osx.h` |
|
||||
|German (Neo2)* |`keymap_neo2.h` |
|
||||
|Greek* |`keymap_greek.h` |
|
||||
|Hungarian |`keymap_hungarian.h` |
|
||||
|Icelandic |`keymap_icelandic.h` |
|
||||
|Italian |`keymap_italian.h` |
|
||||
|Italian (macOS, ANSI) |`keymap_italian_osx_ansi.h` |
|
||||
|Italian (macOS, ISO) |`keymap_italian_osx_iso.h` |
|
||||
|Japanese |`keymap_jp.h` |
|
||||
|Korean |`keymap_korean.h` |
|
||||
|Latvian |`keymap_latvian.h` |
|
||||
|Lithuanian (ĄŽERTY) |`keymap_lithuanian_azerty.h` |
|
||||
|Lithuanian (QWERTY) |`keymap_lithuanian_qwerty.h` |
|
||||
|Norwegian |`keymap_norwegian.h` |
|
||||
|Polish |`keymap_polish.h` |
|
||||
|Portuguese |`keymap_portuguese.h` |
|
||||
|Portuguese (Brazil) |`keymap_br_abnt2.h` |
|
||||
|Romanian |`keymap_romanian.h` |
|
||||
|Russian* |`keymap_russian.h` |
|
||||
|Serbian* |`keymap_serbian.h` |
|
||||
|Serbian (Latin) |`keymap_serbian_latin.h` |
|
||||
|Slovak |`keymap_slovak.h` |
|
||||
|Slovenian |`keymap_slovenian.h` |
|
||||
|Spanish |`keymap_spanish.h` |
|
||||
|Spanish (Dvorak) |`keymap_spanish_dvorak.h` |
|
||||
|Swedish |`keymap_swedish.h` |
|
||||
|Turkish (F) |`keymap_turkish_f.h` |
|
||||
|Turkish (Q) |`keymap_turkish_q.h` |
|
||||
|
||||
There are also a few which are not quite language-specific, but useful if you are not using a QWERTY layout:
|
||||
|
||||
|Layout |Header |
|
||||
|-------------------|------------------------|
|
||||
|Colemak |`keymap_colemak.h` |
|
||||
|Dvorak |`keymap_dvorak.h` |
|
||||
|Dvorak (Programmer)|`keymap_dvp.h` |
|
||||
|Norman |`keymap_norman.h` |
|
||||
|Plover* |`keymap_plover.h` |
|
||||
|Plover (Dvorak)* |`keymap_plover_dvorak.h`|
|
||||
|Steno* |`keymap_steno.h` |
|
||||
|Workman |`keymap_workman.h` |
|
||||
|Workman (ZXCVM) |`keymap_workman_zxcvm.h`|
|
||||
|
||||
## Sendstring Support
|
||||
|
||||
By default, `SEND_STRING()` assumes a US ANSI keyboard layout is set. If you are using a different layout, you can also `#include "sendstring_*.h"` (as above) in your keymap to override the lookup tables used for mapping ASCII characters to keycodes.
|
||||
|
||||
An important thing to note here is that `SEND_STRING()` only operates on [ASCII text](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ASCII#Character_set). This means that you cannot pass it a string containing Unicode characters - this unfortunately includes accented characters that may be present in your desired layout.
|
||||
Many layouts make certain characters, such as Grave or Tilde, available only as [dead keys](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dead_key), so you must add a space immediately after it in the string you want to send, to prevent it from potentially combining with the next character.
|
||||
Certain other layouts have no Sendstring header as they do not use a Latin-derived alphabet (for example Greek and Russian), and thus there is no way to input most of the ASCII character set. These are marked above with a `*`.
|
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
|
||||
* [QMK CLI](ru-ru/cli.md)
|
||||
* [QMK CLI Config](ru-ru/cli_configuration.md)
|
||||
* [Contributing to QMK](ru-ru/contributing.md)
|
||||
* [How to Use Github](ru-ru/getting_started_github.md)
|
||||
* [How to Use GitHub](ru-ru/getting_started_github.md)
|
||||
* [Getting Help](ru-ru/getting_started_getting_help.md)
|
||||
|
||||
* [Breaking Changes](ru-ru/breaking_changes.md)
|
||||
|
@@ -6,10 +6,10 @@ GitHub может показаться несколько сложным для
|
||||
|
||||
Откройте [страницу QMK на GitHub] (https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware), и в правом верхнем углу вы увидите кнопку с надписью "Fork":
|
||||
|
||||

|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
Если вы состоите в какой-либо организации, вам нужно выбрать учетную запись, к которой будет привязан форк. В большинстве случаев это будет личной аккаунт. Как только ваш форк будет завершен (иногда это занимает немного времени), нажмите кнопку "Clone or Download":
|
||||

|
||||

|
||||
|
||||
И обязательно выберите "HTTPS", затем выделите ссылку и скопируйте ее:
|
||||
|
||||
|
69
docs/serial_driver.md
Normal file
69
docs/serial_driver.md
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
|
||||
# 'serial' Driver
|
||||
This driver powers the [Split Keyboard](feature_split_keyboard.md) feature.
|
||||
|
||||
?> Serial in this context should be read as **sending information one bit at a time**, rather than implementing UART/USART/RS485/RS232 standards.
|
||||
|
||||
All drivers in this category have the following characteristics:
|
||||
* Provides data and signaling over a single conductor
|
||||
* Limited to single master, single slave
|
||||
|
||||
## Supported Driver Types
|
||||
|
||||
| | AVR | ARM |
|
||||
|-------------------|--------------------|--------------------|
|
||||
| bit bang | :heavy_check_mark: | :heavy_check_mark: |
|
||||
| USART Half-duplex | | :heavy_check_mark: |
|
||||
|
||||
## Driver configuration
|
||||
|
||||
### Bitbang
|
||||
Default driver, the absence of configuration assumes this driver. To configure it, add this to your rules.mk:
|
||||
|
||||
```make
|
||||
SERIAL_DRIVER = bitbang
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Configure the driver via your config.h:
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define SOFT_SERIAL_PIN D0 // or D1, D2, D3, E6
|
||||
#define SELECT_SOFT_SERIAL_SPEED 1 // or 0, 2, 3, 4, 5
|
||||
// 0: about 189kbps (Experimental only)
|
||||
// 1: about 137kbps (default)
|
||||
// 2: about 75kbps
|
||||
// 3: about 39kbps
|
||||
// 4: about 26kbps
|
||||
// 5: about 20kbps
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
#### ARM
|
||||
|
||||
!> The bitbang driver causes connection issues with bitbang WS2812 driver
|
||||
|
||||
Along with the generic options above, you must also turn on the `PAL_USE_CALLBACKS` feature in your halconf.h.
|
||||
|
||||
### USART Half-duplex
|
||||
Targeting STM32 boards where communication is offloaded to a USART hardware device. The advantage is that this provides fast and accurate timings. `SOFT_SERIAL_PIN` for this driver is the configured USART TX pin. **The TX pin must have appropriate pull-up resistors**. To configure it, add this to your rules.mk:
|
||||
|
||||
```make
|
||||
SERIAL_DRIVER = usart
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Configure the hardware via your config.h:
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define SOFT_SERIAL_PIN B6 // USART TX pin
|
||||
#define SELECT_SOFT_SERIAL_SPEED 1 // or 0, 2, 3, 4, 5
|
||||
// 0: about 460800 baud
|
||||
// 1: about 230400 baud (default)
|
||||
// 2: about 115200 baud
|
||||
// 3: about 57600 baud
|
||||
// 4: about 38400 baud
|
||||
// 5: about 19200 baud
|
||||
#define SERIAL_USART_DRIVER SD1 // USART driver of TX pin. default: SD1
|
||||
#define SERIAL_USART_TX_PAL_MODE 7 // Pin "alternate function", see the respective datasheet for the appropriate values for your MCU. default: 7
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
You must also enable the ChibiOS `SERIAL` feature:
|
||||
* In your board's halconf.h: `#define HAL_USE_SERIAL TRUE`
|
||||
* In your board's mcuconf.h: `#define STM32_SERIAL_USE_USARTn TRUE` (where 'n' matches the peripheral number of your selected USART on the MCU)
|
||||
|
||||
Do note that the configuration required is for the `SERIAL` peripheral, not the `UART` peripheral.
|
@@ -11,14 +11,31 @@ No special setup is required - just connect the `SS`, `SCK`, `MOSI` and `MISO` p
|
||||
|ATMega16/32U2/4|`B0`|`B1` |`B2` |`B3` |
|
||||
|AT90USB64/128 |`B0`|`B1` |`B2` |`B3` |
|
||||
|ATmega32A |`B4`|`B7` |`B5` |`B6` |
|
||||
|ATmega328P |`B2`|`B5` |`B3` |`B4` |
|
||||
|ATmega328/P |`B2`|`B5` |`B3` |`B4` |
|
||||
|
||||
You may use more than one slave select pin, not just the `SS` pin. This is useful when you have multiple devices connected and need to communicate with them individually.
|
||||
`SPI_SS_PIN` can be passed to `spi_start()` to refer to `SS`.
|
||||
|
||||
## ChibiOS/ARM Configuration
|
||||
|
||||
ARM support for this driver is not ready yet. Check back later!
|
||||
You'll need to determine which pins can be used for SPI -- as an example, STM32 parts generally have multiple SPI peripherals, labeled SPI1, SPI2, SPI3 etc.
|
||||
|
||||
To enable SPI, modify your board's `halconf.h` to enable SPI - both `HAL_USE_SPI` and `SPI_USE_WAIT` should be `TRUE`, and `SPI_SELECT_MODE` should be `SPI_SELECT_MODE_PAD`.
|
||||
Then, modify your board's `mcuconf.h` to enable the SPI peripheral you've chosen -- in the case of using SPI2, modify `STM32_SPI_USE_SPI2` to be `TRUE`.
|
||||
|
||||
As per the AVR configuration, you may select any other standard GPIO as a slave select pin, and can be supplied to `spi_start()`.
|
||||
|
||||
Configuration-wise, you'll need to set up the peripheral as per your MCU's datasheet -- the defaults match the pins for a Proton-C, i.e. STM32F303.
|
||||
|
||||
`config.h` override | Description | Default Value
|
||||
----------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------|--------------
|
||||
`#define SPI_DRIVER` | SPI peripheral to use - SPI1 => `SPID1`, SPI2 => `SPID2` etc. | `SPID2`
|
||||
`#define SPI_SCK_PIN` | The pin to use for the SCK | `B13`
|
||||
`#define SPI_SCK_PAL_MODE` | The alternate function mode for the SCK pin | `5`
|
||||
`#define SPI_MOSI_PIN` | The pin to use for the MOSI | `B15`
|
||||
`#define SPI_MOSI_PAL_MODE` | The alternate function mode for the MOSI pin | `5`
|
||||
`#define SPI_MISO_PIN` | The pin to use for the MISO | `B14`
|
||||
`#define SPI_MISO_PAL_MODE` | The alternate function mode for the MISO pin | `5`
|
||||
|
||||
## Functions
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -12,6 +12,6 @@ If you need help with something, the best place to get quick support is going to
|
||||
|
||||
The official QMK forum is [/r/olkb](https://reddit.com/r/olkb) on [reddit.com](https://reddit.com).
|
||||
|
||||
## Github Issues
|
||||
## GitHub Issues
|
||||
|
||||
You can open an [issue on GitHub](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues). This is especially handy when your issue will require long-term discussion or debugging.
|
||||
|
@@ -4,6 +4,38 @@ While Tap-Hold options are fantastic, they are not without their issues. We hav
|
||||
|
||||
These options let you modify the behavior of the Tap-Hold keys.
|
||||
|
||||
## Tapping Term
|
||||
|
||||
The crux of all of the following features is the tapping term setting. This determines what is a tap and what is a hold. And the exact timing for this to feel natural can vary from keyboard to keyboard, from switch to switch, and from key to key.
|
||||
|
||||
You can set the global time for this by adding the following setting to your `config.h`:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define TAPPING_TERM 200
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
This setting is defined in milliseconds, and does default to 200ms. This is a good average for a majority of people.
|
||||
|
||||
For more granular control of this feature, you can add the following to your `config.h`:
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define TAPPING_TERM_PER_KEY
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
You can then add the following function to your keymap:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
uint16_t get_tapping_term(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
|
||||
switch (keycode) {
|
||||
case SFT_T(KC_SPC):
|
||||
return TAPPING_TERM + 1250;
|
||||
case LT(1, KC_GRV):
|
||||
return 130;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return TAPPING_TERM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Permissive Hold
|
||||
|
||||
As of [PR#1359](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/1359/), there is a new `config.h` option:
|
||||
@@ -27,6 +59,25 @@ Normally, if you do all this within the `TAPPING_TERM` (default: 200ms) this wil
|
||||
|
||||
?> If you have `Ignore Mod Tap Interrupt` enabled, as well, this will modify how both work. The regular key has the modifier added if the first key is released first or if both keys are held longer than the `TAPPING_TERM`.
|
||||
|
||||
For more granular control of this feature, you can add the following to your `config.h`:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
#define PERMISSIVE_HOLD_PER_KEY
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
You can then add the following function to your keymap:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
bool get_permissive_hold(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
|
||||
switch (keycode) {
|
||||
case LT(1, KC_BSPC):
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
## Ignore Mod Tap Interrupt
|
||||
|
||||
To enable this setting, add this to your `config.h`:
|
||||
@@ -62,13 +113,13 @@ For more granular control of this feature, you can add the following to your `co
|
||||
You can then add the following function to your keymap:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
bool get_ignore_mod_tap_interrupt(uint16_t keycode) {
|
||||
switch (keycode) {
|
||||
case SFT_T(KC_SPC):
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
bool get_ignore_mod_tap_interrupt(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
|
||||
switch (keycode) {
|
||||
case SFT_T(KC_SPC):
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -106,12 +157,12 @@ You can then add the following function to your keymap:
|
||||
|
||||
```c
|
||||
bool get_tapping_force_hold(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
|
||||
switch (keycode) {
|
||||
case LT(1, KC_BSPC):
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
switch (keycode) {
|
||||
case LT(1, KC_BSPC):
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -126,3 +177,13 @@ To enable `retro tapping`, add the following to your `config.h`:
|
||||
Holding and releasing a dual function key without pressing another key will result in nothing happening. With retro tapping enabled, releasing the key without pressing another will send the original keycode even if it is outside the tapping term.
|
||||
|
||||
For instance, holding and releasing `LT(2, KC_SPACE)` without hitting another key will result in nothing happening. With this enabled, it will send `KC_SPACE` instead.
|
||||
|
||||
## Why do we include the key record for the per key functions?
|
||||
|
||||
One thing that you may notice is that we include the key record for all of the "per key" functions, and may be wondering why we do that.
|
||||
|
||||
Well, it's simply really: customization. But specifically, it depends on how your keyboard is wired up. For instance, if each row is actually using a row in the keyboard's matrix, then it may be simpler to use `if (record->event.row == 3)` instead of checking a whole bunch of keycodes. Which is especially good for those people using the Tap Hold type keys on the home row. So you could fine tune those to not interfere with your normal typing.
|
||||
|
||||
## Why is there no `*_kb` or `*_user` functions?!
|
||||
|
||||
Unlike many of the other functions here, there isn't a need (or even reason) to have a quantum or keyboard level function. Only user level functions are useful here, so no need to mark them as such.
|
||||
|
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ In that model you would emulate the input, and expect a certain output from the
|
||||
|
||||
# Tracing Variables :id=tracing-variables
|
||||
|
||||
Sometimes you might wonder why a variable gets changed and where, and this can be quite tricky to track down without having a debugger. It's of course possible to manually add print statements to track it, but you can also enable the variable trace feature. This works for both for variables that are changed by the code, and when the variable is changed by some memory corruption.
|
||||
Sometimes you might wonder why a variable gets changed and where, and this can be quite tricky to track down without having a debugger. It's of course possible to manually add print statements to track it, but you can also enable the variable trace feature. This works for both variables that are changed by the code, and when the variable is changed by some memory corruption.
|
||||
|
||||
To take the feature into use add `VARIABLE_TRACE=x` to the end of you make command. `x` represents the number of variables you want to trace, which is usually 1.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ QMK (*Quantum Mechanical Keyboard*) 是一个社区维护的开源软件,包
|
||||
|
||||
## 如何得到它
|
||||
|
||||
如果你打算贡献布局, 键盘, 或者其他QMK特性, 一下是最简单的方法:[从Github获得repo分支](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware#fork-destination-box), 并克隆你的repo到本地进行编辑,推送,然后从你的分支打开 [Pull Request](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls).
|
||||
如果你打算贡献布局, 键盘, 或者其他QMK特性, 一下是最简单的方法:[从GitHub获得repo分支](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware#fork-destination-box), 并克隆你的repo到本地进行编辑,推送,然后从你的分支打开 [Pull Request](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls).
|
||||
|
||||
此外, 你也可以直接下载 ([zip](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/zipball/master), [tar](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tarball/master)), 或者从git克隆 (`git@github.com:qmk/qmk_firmware.git`), 或 https (`https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware.git`).
|
||||
|
||||
|
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user